You are on page 1of 3187

Factory Workshop Manual

Make

Kia

Model

Sportage 2wd

Engine and year

L4-2.4L (2011)

Please navigate through the PDF using the options


provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar.

This manual was submitted by


Anonymous

Date
1st January 2018
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Horn
Relay > Component Information > Locations
Alarm Horn Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Horn
Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm
Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations

Alarm Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm
Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 11

Alarm Module: Diagrams

M23 Immobilizer Module (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 20
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 21
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 22

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 23

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit
Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 29
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 30
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 31

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 32

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 33

Keyless Entry Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 34
Keyless Entry Module: Diagrams

M73-A Smart Key Control Module

M73-B Smart Key Control Module

M73-C Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 35

M73-D Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

Navigation Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software
Upgrade

GROUP General

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

NUMBER 040

DATE August 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) AVN SOFTWARE UPGRADE (SA050)

This bulletin provides information relating to a limited number of 2011 Sportage (SL) vehicles
equipped with navigation built from the start of production to July 22, 2010 that may exhibit
announcement voice volume that is lower than normal as compared to other modes when pressing
the MAP VOICE BUTTON or the TALK BUTTON in FM/AM mode. To resolve this condition, an
upgrade is available for the Audio/Navigation system via a USB memory stick To properly perform
the software upgrade follow the Service Procedure outlined in the bulletin.

1. Turn the ignition key to "ACC" or "ON" position.

Turn ON the Audio/Navigation system by pressing the POWER button.

2. Plug the upgrade USB memory stick into the USB port as indicated by the arrow.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 44
3. Briefly press "SETUP" button as indicated in step 1 image then touch Main button on the screen.
4. Touch "System Info" button on the screen.

5. Touch "Map Upgrade" button then pop-up dialog box will verify start of update.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 45
6. Touch "Yes" button on the screen.
7. Photo shows the upgrade in progress.

8. If update was not successful repeat steps 1 through 4.

When upgrade is completed the screen will flash On then Off (blank screen) Press "POWER"
button to reboot the system.

Make sure the thumb-drive is removed from USB port when upgrade is completed.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 46

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE:

REQUIRED PART:

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

Navigation Module: Recalls Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

GROUP General

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

NUMBER 040

DATE August 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) AVN SOFTWARE UPGRADE (SA050)

This bulletin provides information relating to a limited number of 2011 Sportage (SL) vehicles
equipped with navigation built from the start of production to July 22, 2010 that may exhibit
announcement voice volume that is lower than normal as compared to other modes when pressing
the MAP VOICE BUTTON or the TALK BUTTON in FM/AM mode. To resolve this condition, an
upgrade is available for the Audio/Navigation system via a USB memory stick To properly perform
the software upgrade follow the Service Procedure outlined in the bulletin.

1. Turn the ignition key to "ACC" or "ON" position.

Turn ON the Audio/Navigation system by pressing the POWER button.

2. Plug the upgrade USB memory stick into the USB port as indicated by the arrow.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 52
3. Briefly press "SETUP" button as indicated in step 1 image then touch Main button on the screen.
4. Touch "System Info" button on the screen.

5. Touch "Map Upgrade" button then pop-up dialog box will verify start of update.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 53
6. Touch "Yes" button on the screen.
7. Photo shows the upgrade in progress.

8. If update was not successful repeat steps 1 through 4.

When upgrade is completed the screen will flash On then Off (blank screen) Press "POWER"
button to reboot the system.

Make sure the thumb-drive is removed from USB port when upgrade is completed.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 54

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE:

REQUIRED PART:

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 64
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 65
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 66

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 67

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit
Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 73
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 74
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 75

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 76

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: >
TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System - Brake Noise

Brake Pad: All Technical Service Bulletins Brake System - Brake Noise

Model All Model

Group Brake System(41)

Number KT2008090502

Date Friday, September 05, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Brake Noise - All Models

- Description

Some vehicles may experience a squeaking or grinding noise originating from the front or rear disc
brakes when applying the brake. The concern maybe related to the brake pads sticking and not
moving freely in the slides due to lack of lubrication one/or corrosion. To address this concern
remove, clean and lubricate the brake pad contact area as shown in the article.

^ Remove caliper mounting bracket as required

^ Clamp mounting bracket into vice and clean the rust and/or corrosion using a wire brush

^ Lubricate the cleaned areas with CRC(R) Synthetic Brake Caliper Grease

^ Use grease on both sides of anti-squeak shim if equipped

CAUTION:

Make sure NO grease gets on the braking surfaces.

If grease gets on the pad friction material or rotor it must be cleaned before road-testing the
vehicle.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: >
TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System - Brake Noise > Page 82
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: >
TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System - Brake Noise > Page 88
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 89

Keyless Entry Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 90
Keyless Entry Module: Diagrams

M73-A Smart Key Control Module

M73-B Smart Key Control Module

M73-C Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 91

M73-D Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Power Door Lock Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 95
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module >
Component Information > Locations

Seat Heater Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 99

Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams

S09 Driver CCS Control Module (With CCS)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module >
Component Information > Locations

Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 103

Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Diagrams

R32 Sunroof Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Trunk / Liftgate Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake
Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake
Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 111

Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams

CHG40 ESC Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan (High) Relay
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 117
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 118
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 119

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
> Component Information > Diagrams > Cooling Fan (High) Relay

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagrams Cooling Fan (High) Relay

CHG94 Cooling Fan (High) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay
> Component Information > Diagrams > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 122

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagrams Cooling Fan (Low) Relay

CHG100 Cooling Fan (Low) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Blower Motor Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 127
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 128
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 129

Blower Motor Relay: Diagrams

CHG102 Blower Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > A/C Control Module (Manual)

Control Module HVAC: Locations A/C Control Module (Manual)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > A/C Control Module (Manual) > Page 137

Control Module HVAC: Locations A/C Control Module (Auto)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component
Information > Diagrams > A/C Control Module (Auto)
Control Module HVAC: Diagrams A/C Control Module (Auto)

M41-A A/C Control Module (Auto)

M41-B A/C Control Module (Auto)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component
Information > Diagrams > A/C Control Module (Auto) > Page 140
Control Module HVAC: Diagrams A/C Control Module (Manual)

M43-A A/C Control Module (Manual)

M43-B A/C Control Module (Manual)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > System Relay, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations
System Relay: Locations

EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > System Relay, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Page 144
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Brake Lamp Relay: Locations

ICM Relay Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Cornering Lamp Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Cornering Lamp Relay: Locations

E/R Fuse & Relay Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Horn Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 155
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 156
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 157

Horn Relay: Diagrams

CHG101 Horn Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box

Relay Box: Locations PDM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 163

Relay Box: Locations ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 164
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay Box

Relay Box: Diagrams ICM Relay Box

M04 ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay Box > Page 167

Relay Box: Diagrams PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-A PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-B PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 168
Relay Box: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 169
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 170
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 171
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 172
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 173
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 174
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 175
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box >
Component Information > Diagrams > Page 176
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Body Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 182
Body Control Module: Diagrams

M13-A BCM

M13-B BCM

M13-C BCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)

*NOTICE
This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 191
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 192
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 193
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 194
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 195

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)
*NOTICE

This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 201
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 202
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 203
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 204
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 205

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 210
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 211
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 212
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 213
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 214
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 215
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 216

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 222
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 223
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 224
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 225
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 226
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 227
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 228

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
229

Engine Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
230
Engine Control Module: Diagrams
CHG-A PCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
231
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
232
ERROR: stackunderflow
OFFENDING COMMAND: ~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 236
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Pump Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 241
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 242
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules -
Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 246
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Component Information > Locations
Air Bag Control Module: Locations

Photo 50 Center Under of Dash Panel

Photo 60 Front of Console


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 251

Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams

M02 SRS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 252
F01 SRS Control Module
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 262
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 263
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 264

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 265

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 271
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 272
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 273

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 274

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Keyless Start Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 277
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 278
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 279
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 280
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 281
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 282
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 283

Keyless Start Control Module: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 284

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 285
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 286

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 287
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 288
Keyless Start Control Module: Electrical Diagrams

SD954-3 Smart Key Module System (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 289
SD954-4 Smart Key Module System (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 290
SD954-5 Smart Key Module System (3)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 291
SD954-6 Smart Key Module System (4)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Neutral Start Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 295
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 296
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 297

Neutral Start Relay: Diagrams

CHG92 ATM P/N Relay (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Starter Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 301
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 302
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 303

Starter Relay: Diagrams

CHG99 Start Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules -
Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Steering Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules -
Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 309

Steering Control Module: Diagrams

M17-A EPS Control Module

M17-B EPS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules -
Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules -
Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 314

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations

Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 319
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 320
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 321

Heated Glass Element Relay: Diagrams

CHG97 Rear Defogger Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control
Module > Component Information > Locations

Power Window Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Power Window Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater
Relay > Component Information > Locations

Wiper Blade Heater Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater
Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 332
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater
Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 333
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater
Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 334

Wiper Blade Heater Relay: Diagrams

CHG93 Front Wiper Deicer Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Wiper Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 338
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 339
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper (Low) Relay

Wiper Relay: Diagrams Front Wiper (Low) Relay

CHG91 Front Wiper (Low) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper (Low) Relay > Page 342

Wiper Relay: Diagrams Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay

CHG90 Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 348

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams

CHG49 Hood Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH > Page 353

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH

R21-CL Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH > Page 356

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center RH

R21-CR Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH > Page 357

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH

R21-L Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH > Page 358

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH

R21-R Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Steering
Mounted Controls Assembly > Component Information > Locations

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Steering
Mounted Controls Assembly > Component Information > Locations > Page 362

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Diagrams

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor >
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor >
Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 368

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams

CHG49 Hood Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Power Mirror Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 372

Power Mirror Switch: Diagrams

D08 Power Outside Mirror Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position
Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 376

Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Diagrams

S02 Driver Reclining Limit Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Power Seat Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 380

Power Seat Switch: Diagrams

S01 Driver Seat Manual Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Fan Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Seat Fan Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Fan Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 384

Seat Fan Switch: Diagrams

S08 Driver CCS Blower Motor (With CCS)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Warmer Switch

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Driver Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Warmer Switch > Page 389

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Passenger Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Warmer Switch > Page 390

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Rear Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Driver CCS Switch

M86 Driver CCS Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 393

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Driver Seat Warmer Switch

M84 Driver Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 394

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Passenger Seat Warmer Switch

M85 Passenger Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 395

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH

D51 Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 396

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Rear Seat Warmer Switch RH

D71 Rear Seat Warmer Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Sunroof Push Switch

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Sunroof Push Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Sunroof Push Switch > Page 401

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Sunroof Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Sunroof Push Switch

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Sunroof Push Switch

R33 Sunroof Push Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Sunroof Push Switch > Page 404

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Sunroof Switch

R08 Sunroof Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Tailgate Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams

Tailgate Switch: Diagrams

R12 License Lamp (Tail Gate Handle Switch)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level
Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations

Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level
Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 415

Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Diagrams

CHG45 Brake Fluid Level Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake
Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake
Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 420

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake
Warning Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

F33 Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake
Warning Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 423

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)

F32 Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 428

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 429

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 430

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Front Wheel Sensor LH

CHG54 Front Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 433

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Front Wheel Sensor RH

CHG34 Front Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 434

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Rear Wheel Sensor LH

F30 Rear Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed
Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 435

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Rear Wheel Sensor RH

F31 Rear Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor
> Component Information > Locations

Yaw Rate Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Page 439

Yaw Rate Sensor: Diagrams

F18 Yaw Rate Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature
Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature
Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 444

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Diagrams

CHG11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component
Information > Locations

Oil Pressure Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component
Information > Locations > Page 449

Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams

CHG15 Oil Pressure Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch
HVAC > Component Information > Locations

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch
HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 454

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Diagrams

CHG02 Ambient Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor /
Switch > Component Information > Locations

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor /
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 458

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams

M03 Evaporator Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams

Humidity Sensor: Diagrams

M21 Cluster Ionizer (Auto A/C)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch,
HVAC > Component Information > Locations

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch,
HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 465

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagrams

CHG29 A/C Pressure Transducer


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations

Solar Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Page 469

Solar Sensor: Diagrams

M16 Auto Light & Photo Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Locations Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 475

Door Switch: Locations Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 476

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 477

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Diagrams Driver Door Switch

F07 Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 480

Door Switch: Diagrams Passenger Door Switch

F08 Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 481

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch LH

F09 Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 482

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch RH

F10 Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender >
Component Information > Locations

Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender >
Component Information > Locations > Page 486

Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams

F12 Fuel Sender & Fuel Pump Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 491

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

F33 Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 494

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)

F32 Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Ambient Light Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 499

Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams

M16 Auto Light & Photo Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Backup Lamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 503

Backup Lamp Switch: Diagrams

CHG38 Back-Up Lamp Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Brake Light Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 507

Brake Light Switch: Diagrams

CHG39 Stop Lamp Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Multi Switch

Combination Switch: Locations Multi Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Multi Switch > Page 512

Combination Switch: Locations Multifunction Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multi Switch

M77 Multi Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch > Page 515

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Light)

M20-L Multifunction Switch (Light)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch > Page 516

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch > Page 517

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

M20-W Multifunction Switch (Wiper)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Locations Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 522

Door Switch: Locations Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 523

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 524

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Diagrams Driver Door Switch

F07 Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 527

Door Switch: Diagrams Passenger Door Switch

F08 Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 528

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch LH

F09 Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 529

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch RH

F10 Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Glove Box Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Glove Box Lamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Glove Box Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 533

Glove Box Lamp Switch: Diagrams

M34 Glove Box Lamp Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Hazard Warning Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 537
ERROR: stackunderflow

OFFENDING COMMAND: ~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 538

Hazard Warning Switch: Diagrams

M32 Hazard Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Headlamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 542

Headlamp Switch: Diagrams

M20-L Multifunction Switch (Light)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 549

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 550

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 554

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page
558

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1 > Page 563

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1 > Page 566

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page
570

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page
574

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams

F16 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 578

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Page 582

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams

CHG25 MAP Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor >
Page 587

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor
(Down) (With SULEV)

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)

CHG48 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor
(Down) (With SULEV) > Page 590

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)

CHG17 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor
(Down) (With SULEV) > Page 591

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Up)

CHG20 Oxygen Sensor (Up)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 595

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Locations > Page 599

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 604
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 605
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.
5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 606
7. Harness Classification
Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 607
For example:
HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 608
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 609
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 610

Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 611

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 612
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY
A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 613

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 614
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 615
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Electrical Diagrams
SD436-1 Vehicle Speed System (1)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 616
SD436-2 Vehicle Speed System (2)
Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 622

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 623

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 627

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1 > Page 633

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1 > Page 636

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 640

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations

Ignition Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning
Switch (W/O Smart Key)

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M09 Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning
Switch (W/O Smart Key) > Page 646

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M18 Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 650

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch
> Component Information > Diagrams

Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Diagrams

M62 Telltale & SBR Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Impact Sensor: Locations Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 659

Impact Sensor: Locations Driver Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 660

Impact Sensor: Locations Driver Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 661

Impact Sensor: Locations Passenger Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 662
Impact Sensor: Locations

Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Driver Front Impact Sensor

Driver Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 663
Passenger Side Impact Sensor

Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 664
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 667

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Front Impact Sensor

CHG64 Driver Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 668

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D06 Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 669

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Side Impact Sensor

F45 Driver Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 670
Impact Sensor: Diagrams

Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Driver Front Impact Sensor

CHG64 Driver Front Impact Sensor

Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D06 Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Driver Side Impact Sensor

F45 Driver Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 671
F59 Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Passenger Front Impact Sensor

CHG65 Passenger Front Impact Sensor

Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D26 Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Side Impact Sensor

F46 Passenger Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Page 676

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

F47 Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Page 679

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch

F48 Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 683

Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams

F56 Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor
> Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Page 688

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Temperature
Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Temperature
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 692

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Clutch Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Clutch Switch (M/T)

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Clutch Switch (M/T)

CHG36 Clutch Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Clutch Switch (M/T) > Page 698

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)

CHG08 Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Ignition Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M09 Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key) > Page 704

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M18 Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Start / Stop Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 708

Start / Stop Switch: Diagrams

M61 Start/Stop Button Switch (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 715
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet
^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 716

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 717

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 718

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers


^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and
Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and
Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 724

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement

Power Window Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement
GROUP Service Campaign

NUMBER SC086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE November 2010

VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

SUBJECT: 2011MY SPORTAGE LX DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ASSEMBLY


VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

This bulletin provides information relating to some LX Sportage vehicles equipped with "Auto
Down" function and produced from the start of production through October 27, 2010. In affected
vehicles the window may not raise or lower even though the power window switch is actuated. To
correct this condition and improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Campaign
and replacing the power window switch module assembly on all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles
that fall within the vehicle production range Kia is requesting the completion of this Service
Campaign on all affected 2011 MY Sportage vehicles in dealer stock prior to retail sales.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously done on any vehicle
without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry
> Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Inspection Procedure:

Open the hood and check for SC086 campaign completion label above the drivers side fuse box If
label exists NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED

If label does not exist continue to step one (1) of Service Procedure outlined below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 734
Service Procedure:
1. Remove the drivers door quadrant interior cover (A).

Remove the interior handle cover (B), and then the three (3) door trim mounting screws including
the screw.

*NOTICE

The locations of the screws are indicated by the larger arrows, including the screw behind the
interior handle cover (B).

2. Disconnect the interior handle cage; then disconnect tweeter speaker and power window
connector from the door trim; then remove the door trim.

3. Remove the six (6) power window switch mounting screws (circles), and then remove the power
window switch module assembly from the door trim as shown in the photo.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 735
4. Unsnap the locking tabs that secure the power window switch module assembly (C) to the power
window switch case (D), and then separate the module assembly from the case.
5. Replace the power window switch module assembly (C) with an new improved assembly into
switch case (D)

Install all the removed components in reverse order of removal.

Test power window switch operation several times before releasing vehicle.

6. Attach campaign completion label above the driver's side fuse box.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 736

REQUIRED PARTS

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

To assure complete customer satisfaction, always remember to refer to WebDCS Warranty


Coverage (validation) Inquiry Screen (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry)
for a list of any additional campaigns that may need to be performed on the vehicle before returning
it to the customer.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously performed on any
vehicle without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage
Inquiry > Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction, remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement

Power Window Switch: Recalls Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement
GROUP Service Campaign

NUMBER SC086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE November 2010

VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

SUBJECT: 2011MY SPORTAGE LX DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ASSEMBLY


VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

This bulletin provides information relating to some LX Sportage vehicles equipped with "Auto
Down" function and produced from the start of production through October 27, 2010. In affected
vehicles the window may not raise or lower even though the power window switch is actuated. To
correct this condition and improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Campaign
and replacing the power window switch module assembly on all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles
that fall within the vehicle production range Kia is requesting the completion of this Service
Campaign on all affected 2011 MY Sportage vehicles in dealer stock prior to retail sales.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously done on any vehicle
without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry
> Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Inspection Procedure:

Open the hood and check for SC086 campaign completion label above the drivers side fuse box If
label exists NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED

If label does not exist continue to step one (1) of Service Procedure outlined below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 742
Service Procedure:
1. Remove the drivers door quadrant interior cover (A).

Remove the interior handle cover (B), and then the three (3) door trim mounting screws including
the screw.

*NOTICE

The locations of the screws are indicated by the larger arrows, including the screw behind the
interior handle cover (B).

2. Disconnect the interior handle cage; then disconnect tweeter speaker and power window
connector from the door trim; then remove the door trim.

3. Remove the six (6) power window switch mounting screws (circles), and then remove the power
window switch module assembly from the door trim as shown in the photo.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 743
4. Unsnap the locking tabs that secure the power window switch module assembly (C) to the power
window switch case (D), and then separate the module assembly from the case.
5. Replace the power window switch module assembly (C) with an new improved assembly into
switch case (D)

Install all the removed components in reverse order of removal.

Test power window switch operation several times before releasing vehicle.

6. Attach campaign completion label above the driver's side fuse box.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 744

REQUIRED PARTS

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

To assure complete customer satisfaction, always remember to refer to WebDCS Warranty


Coverage (validation) Inquiry Screen (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry)
for a list of any additional campaigns that may need to be performed on the vehicle before returning
it to the customer.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously performed on any
vehicle without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage
Inquiry > Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction, remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Power Window Main Switch

Power Window Switch: Locations Power Window Main Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Power Window Main Switch > Page 747

Power Window Switch: Locations Passenger Power Window Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Power Window Main Switch > Page 748

Power Window Switch: Locations Rear Power Window Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)

D30 Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 751

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Switch (With Central Door Lock)

D31 Passenger Power Window Switch (With Central Door Lock)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 752

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Power Window Main Switch

D10 Power Window Main Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 753

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Rear Power Window Switch LH

D50 Rear Power Window Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 754

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Rear Power Window Switch RH

D70 Rear Power Window Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor

Rain Sensor: Locations Rain Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor > Page 760

Rain Sensor: Locations Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor > Page 761
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Rain Sensor

Rain Sensor: Diagrams Rain Sensor

R04 Rain Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Rain Sensor > Page 764

Rain Sensor: Diagrams Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay

CHG90 Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Wiper Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 768

Wiper Switch: Diagrams

M20-W Multifunction Switch (Wiper)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics
Alignment: Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics

GROUP Chassis

NUMBER 032

MODEL ALL

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT:

DRIFT / PULL DIAGNOSIS AND BEST PRACTICES TIPS

This bulletin provides 2011 model year alignment specifications as well as diagnosis and best
practices tips.

This TSB contains the following sections:

1. New Model Specifications

2. Alignment Basics

3. How to Determine Vehicle Drift or Pull

4. Alignment Rack Tips

5. Road Force Balance Tips

6. Wheel Balance Form (New)

IMPORTANT:

^ Before and after alignment print outs are required to be submitted with all vehicle drift or pull
warranty alignment claims.

^ Before performing an alignment, check to ensure all tires are set to the specified pressure.

^ Ensure the vehicle is carrying a typical load (not heavily loaded, which will alter alignment once
the load is removed or changed).

^ Optima (IF), Sportage (SL) and Forte (ID) vehicles are equipped with electric power steering
(MDPS - Motor Driven Power Steering). Perform an absolute steering position (ASP) calibration
using GDS after the alignment is completed.

^ Refer to the following alignment specifications or KGIS for 2011 model year specifications.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 774
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 775
Alignment Specifications:

CAMBER:

Camber is the inclination of the centerline of the wheel from the vertical as viewed from the front of
the vehicle. The camber angle will affect the wear on the inner or outer edge of the tire.

Positive camber is the outward tilt of the top of the tire.

Negative camber is the inward tilt of the top of the tire.

A tire with positive camber can influence the vehicle with a directional pull. The vehicle will go
towards the side that has the tire with the most positive
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 776
camber.

CASTER:

Caster is the angle between an imaginary line drawn through the upper and lower steering pivots
and a line perpendicular to the road surface (viewed from side of vehicle).

If the top of the line tilts rearward, the vehicle is said to have "POSITIVE" caster.

If the top of the line tilts forward, the vehicle is said to have "NEGATIVE" caster.

Caster will not cause tire wear unless extreme maladjustment or worn parts are involved.

TOE:

Toe is the difference between the leading edge (or front) and trailing edge (or rear) of the tires.
Toe-in is the measurement in fractions of an inch millimeters or decimal of degrees that the tires
are closer together in the front than they are in the back.

Toe-out is the same measurement, except the tires are further apart in the front than in the rear.

FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE VEHICLE DRIFT OR PULL

Vehicle drift or pull can be attributed to several factors. Understanding what can affect it is
imperative for anyone repairing a vehicle with a drift or pull condition. Most of these factors are
directly measureable using tools commonly found in any repair shop like tire pressure gauges,
alignment racks, and wheel balancers.

1. Air pressure - Low or uneven tire pressure can cause a vehicle to drift or pull towards that tire
with the lowest pressure. Remember that cold tires

register slightly lower pressure than tires that are warm from usage. Ensure that all tires are
correctly inflated.

2. Alignment
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 777

a. Camber - A vehicle will drift or pull towards the side with more positive front camber. Camber
difference between the front tires greater than 0.5

degrees can lead to a drift pull concern.

b. Caster - A vehicle will drift or pull towards the side with the least positive caster.

c. Steering Axis Inclination (SAI) - The angle formed by the line drawn through the steering pivot
axis and a line at true vertical when viewed from

the front of the vehicle. SAI is designed into a vehicle's suspension and aids straight-line stability.
This angle can be measured by the alignment machine. For Hunter units, it is measured during the
caster sweep process. It is useful for checking for damaged components when the SAI difference
between left and right sides is more than 1 degree. If SAI is lower on one side of the vehicle it may
indicate a bent lower control arm. If SAI is higher on one side of the vehicle it may indicate damage
to the upper strut mount.

d. Thrust angle - This is the direction the rear axle is pointing as a result of the rear toe angles and
results in the steering wheel being off-center. To

avoid this situation, rear camber and toe should be adjusted before the front when performing a
four wheel alignment. After the rear is set, center the steering wheel, lock it in place, then adjust the
front camber, caster, and toe (if applicable).

3. Tires - Tires can have significant effect on vehicle drift or pull for the following reasons:
a. Ply steer - Ply steer is an inherent characteristic in a tire which results in a lateral force as the tire
rolls. Rotating the tires from side to side may aid

in cancelling out the effects of ply steer and can aid in diagnosing a ply steer concern.

b. Conicity - Tire conicity refers to the shape of the tire and how cone shaped it is. This can
influence vehicle drift or pull. Conicity can be present in

a new tire due to manufacturing, or in a used tire due to camber wear. Rotating tires may reduce a
vehicle pull concern due to tire conicity.

4. Road Crown - Road Crown is the slope of a road surface to ensure proper drainage. Excessive
Road Crown can cause a vehicle to drift to the low

side of the crown.

5. Cross Wind - Excessive cross winds can cause a vehicle to pull or drift. If the Winds are
excessive it can skew the test results.

Other issues can cause vehicle drift or pull, such as brake drag, spring sag resulting in ride height
differences, cargo load/weight distribution, and more. It is important to consider all potential effects
when diagnosing and confirming a vehicle drift or pull condition. Understanding the factors that
affect vehicle drift or pull can help to determine the root cause.

HOW TO DETERMINE VEHICLE DRIFT OR PULL

To confirm a vehicle drift or pull, use the following procedure:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 778

1. Before test driving, verify that all tires are OE, correctly installed (directional tires) and set to the
correct inflation pressure.

2. Locate an acceptable road for testing which meets these criteria

3. Two passes should be made to validate the concern at different speeds. Approach the test road
section and drive through at 40 and at 50 MPH.

Center the steering wheel, then slightly turn (~3 degrees) steering wheel to the left and to the right
to get a feel for centeredness. Hold the steering wheel with a light touch on center.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 779

4. Note the direction towards which the vehicle has a tendency to drift or pull. If the vehicle tends to
go left, place the vehicle on the right side of the
lane. If the vehicle tends to go right, place the vehicle on the left side of lane, as shown.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 780
5. Take two time measurements. First, time how long it takes for the vehicle to move from one
edge to the other edge (case 1), as shown. Second, time

how long it takes for the vehicle to move across one complete lane (case 2), as shown. Use the
conditions in the table below to confirm drifting or pulling condition.

ALIGNMENT RACK TIPS

Aligner Calibration/Maintenance Schedule - It is recommended that all dealer alignment racks be


calibrated by a manufacturer's representative every 6 months. This allows the representative to
update vehicle specs and inspect and maintain equipment.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 781
Rolling Compensation - The rolling compensation procedure is critical to ensuring an accurate
alignment. When performing the rolling compensation, be sure to do the following:

1. Set tire pressure to factory specification.

2. Ensure the lift is level so vehicle's suspension and steering are in a neutral position.

3. Set the target levels before rolling compensation. After completing the compensation, do not
re-level the targets.

4. Roll the vehicle by turning the left rear tire. This will not disturb the vehicle's suspension and
steering systems. Do not roll the vehicle by pushing or

pulling on body parts, bumpers, etc.

5. Ensure the pins are in the slip plates, and the Turnplate Bridge is flush with the rolling surface to
minimize the vehicle's suspension movement.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 782
Slip Plates - The slip plates of a Hunter alignment rack are designed to move smoothly and freely
to provide accurate measurements. Before pulling a vehicle onto the rack, check that they move
freely and do not bind. Periodically clean the area underneath the slip plates by blowing
compressed air through to remove any debris. If this does not free a binding plate, contact your
local Hunter representative for cleaning and lubrication recommendations.

StraightTrak LFM feature (Road Force Balance) - StraightTrak (Road Force Balance) is an optional
feature for Hunter's GSP9700 wheel balancer. This feature measures lateral force of a tire due to
ply steer, conicity, and other issues which may contribute to vehicle drift or pull. This can be a
useful tool for vehicles with multiple conditions.

Use StraightTrak (Road Force Balance) to arrange the 4 wheel/tire assemblies of a vehicle in a
configuration which will result in the lowest drifting or pulling force by doing the following:

1. Remove all wheel/tire assemblies from the vehicle.

2. Balance the front left assembly on the Hunter GSP97OO with StraightTrak feature. An icon
located in the lower right corner will show whether or

not StraightTrak is enabled.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 783

3. After balancing, press the tire tag button to assign a number to that assembly. Label the
assembly accordingly with a tag or chalk mark.

4. Continue to balance and tag all four assemblies. After all are completed, the screen will show
how different placement positioning of the assemblies

will affect vehicle drift or pull or vibration. Select "Show Least Pull."

5. The arrow on the top of the screen indicates how much drift or pulling force exists with the tires
in that configuration. Install the wheel/tire

assemblies to those positions on the vehicle to achieve the least amount of tire-induced drift or pull.

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

Normal warranty applies.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 784
For all vehicle drift or pull complaints and/or alignment warranty claims, the alignment print out
showing before and after measurements must be attached to the repair order.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service
Precautions
Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions

TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

- Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that
the vacuum hoses are properly connected.

- To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose.

- To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires.

- Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in
order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury.

- When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks.

- Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or
explosion.

To prevent serious burns: -

Avoid contact with hot metal parts.

- Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service
Precautions > Page 788

- Before servicing the vehicle: -

Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers.

- Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint.

- Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation.

- Do not smoke while working on the vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > System Information > Service Precautions
Filters: Service Precautions

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING: Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.

Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils.

- Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable.

- Do not put oily rags in pockets.

- Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil.

- Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be
cleaned regularly.

- First Aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds.

- Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the
skin.

- Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help).
Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed.

- Do not use gasoline, kerosine, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinner or solvents for cleaning skin.

- If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay.

- Where practicable, degrease components prior to handling.

- Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical
goggles or face shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided.

WARNING: Brake fluid may be irritating to the skin or eyes. In case of contact, take the following
actions:

- Eye Contact - rinse eyes thoroughly with water.

- Skin Contact - wash skin with soap and water.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > System Information > Service Precautions
Hoses: Service Precautions

SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

To prevent vehicle damage, always observe the following precautions: -

After servicing a hose, check for leaks before and after test driving the vehicle.

- Always use the correct size hose. Do not use standard sized hose in place of metric hose or vice
versa.

Always use the correct type of hose. Never use vacuum hose in place of fuel hose. Never use
heater hose in place of PCV hose.

- When replacing hoses which are attached to the engine on one end and the frame or body on the
other end, always leave sufficient length to compensate for engine movement (from torque).
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Brake Fluid: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended > Page 800
ERROR: stackunderflow OFFENDING COMMAND: begin

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 801
Brake Fluid: Specifications

Brake Fluid

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................... DOT 3 or DOT 4
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications
Clutch Fluid: Specifications

Clutch Fluid Type

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
............. FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 Brake Fluid
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Coolant: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.

* Kia does recommend flushing the oil cooler during A/T replacement, refer to the appropriate
Transmission TSB.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Coolant: Capacity Specifications

Engine Coolant Capacities

A/T .......................................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 7.19 qt (6.8L) M/T ...................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... 7.08 qt
(6.7L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications > Page 811
Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications

Engine Coolant

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
........... Ethylene glycol base for aluminium radiators.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T -
Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level

Fluid - A/T: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level

Model All Model

Group Automatic Transmission(52)

Number KT2009043001

Date Thursday, April 30, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Proper Checking of the Automatic Transmission Fluid Level

- Description

Proper Checking of the Automatic Transmission Fluid Level

The automatic transmission level should be checked regularly. Keep the vehicle on level ground
with the parking brake.

Check fluid as follows:

1. Make sure the transmission fluid temperature is between 158-176°F, use scan tool/GDS to verify
temperature if needed. Checking the fluid level before it has reached operating temperature will
result in false readings. Warm-up time can vary depending on ambient temperature - see sample
graph below.

2. Place the selector lever in P (Park) or N (Neutral) and engine is at idle speed.

3. Confirm the fluid level is in the "HOT" range on the dipstick. If the fluid level is lower, add the
specified fluid as required.

> Normal warm-up time can vary depending on the ambient temperature

> Graph shown is for vehicle in 95°F ambient temperature idling in Park for 30 minutes and finally
reaching the proper temperature to check the fluid level, driving the vehicle for 10-15 minutes will
decrease time to proper temperature
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T -
Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level > Page 816

Fluid - A/T: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T -
Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level > Page 817
ERROR: stackunderflow OFFENDING COMMAND: begin

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications

Automatic Transaxle Fluid

Capacity ...............................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 7.50 qt (7.1L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications > Page 820
Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications

Automatic Transaxle Fluid

Type ............ Michang ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, KIA Genuine ATF SP-IV or
other brands meting the specification approved by

Kia motors Corp.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Fluid - M/T: Capacity Specifications

Manual Transaxle Fluid

Capacity ...............................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 1.90 qt (1.8L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications > Page 825
Fluid - M/T: Fluid Type Specifications

Manual Transaxle Fluid

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
........................................... API GL-4, SAE 75W/85
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Engine Oil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.

* Kia does recommend flushing the oil cooler during A/T replacement, refer to the appropriate
Transmission TSB.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications
Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications

Engine Oil (drain and refill)

Capacity ...............................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 4.86 qt (4.6L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity
Specifications > Page 832
Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications

Engine Oil Type

Grade ...................................................................................................................................................
................... API Service SM, ILSAC GF-4 or above Viscosity ............................................................
............................................................................................................................................ 5W-20,
5W-30
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Power Steering Fluid: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not
Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.

* Kia does recommend flushing the oil cooler during A/T replacement, refer to the appropriate
Transmission TSB.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 837
Power Steering Fluid: Specifications

The EPS (Electric Power Steering) system uses an electric motor to assist the steering force and is
an engine operation independent steering system requiring no fluid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket

Fuse: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2009112001

Date Friday, November 20, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Fuse For Power Accessory Socket And Cigar Lighter Blown Due To The Use Of
Aftermarket Cellular Chargers Or Similar Plug In Devices

- Description

Fuse For Power Accessory Socket And Cigar Lighter Blown Due To The Use Of Aftermarket
Cellular Chargers Of Similar Plug In Devices

Customers should be advised against the use of some kinds of inexpensive aftermarket cell phone
chargers (or similar plug in devices) due to their use of a removable in-line fuse which causes
susceptibility to haveing small parts detach and short out across the receptacle terminal. If you
incounter a blown fuse for Power Accessory Socket and Cigar Lighter inquire with the customer as
to which brand of cell phone charger etc. they are currently using and advise them to discontinue
the use where applicable. Parching an approved cell phone charger from their cell phone carrier's
Online or retail store should correct this condition.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket > Page 843

Fuse: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - New Fuse Design on All Vehicles

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2009060301

Date Wednesday, June 03, 2009

Area N.America

Subject All Kia Vehicles New Fuse Design

- Description

All Kia Vehicles

New Fuse Design

This Pitstop publication advises of the use of new fuse designs (for Kia). Some Kia vehicles have
begun to use lower profile fuses then what's been previously used. They currently are difficult to
find outside of O.E.M. parts suppliers. The fuses are industry categorized as Low Profile Fuses,
and come in various types and amperage ratings.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 844
Fuse: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 845
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 846
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 847
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 848
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 849
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 850
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 851
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 852
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 853
Fuse: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 854
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 855
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 856
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 857
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 858
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 859
ERROR: undefined

OFFENDING COMMAND: f‘~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations >
PDM Relay Box

Relay Box: Locations PDM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations >
PDM Relay Box > Page 864

Relay Box: Locations ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations >
PDM Relay Box > Page 865
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
ICM Relay Box

Relay Box: Diagrams ICM Relay Box

M04 ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
ICM Relay Box > Page 868

Relay Box: Diagrams PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-A PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-B PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 869
Relay Box: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 870
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 871
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 872
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 873
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 874
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 875
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 876
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams >
Page 877
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure
Warning Lamp On

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2009021301

Date Friday, February 13, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Handling Customer Complaints of TPMS Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

- Description

A recent review of warranty claim data has indicated that many dealers are writing repair orders
and entering unnecessary claims related to normal TPMS system operation. The Tire Pressure
Monitoring System was developed as an important safety feature to alert customers to low air
pressure in one or more of their tires, prompting them to check and adjust their tire pressure at the
nearest service station or other similar facility. Occasionally, due to a customer's lack of familiarity
with the TPMS system and a conditioned response to bring the vehicle in to their serviceing dealer
for any warning lamp concern, you may be presented with a vehicle which has the Tread Lamp
illuminated due to low tire pressure on a normally operating TPMS system. Service advisers and
other dealership personal should screen for all such types of customer complaints and not begin
writing a repair order due to a low tire pressure warning lamp (Tread Lamp) in the absence of any
TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp (TPMS Lamp) illuminated. Assist the customer in checking and
adding air to the tires as necessary during their first visit for the low air pressure light on and
provide them with a copy of the tri-fold Kia TPMS Brochure P/N UN050-KU-001.

A warranty claim should not be filed for any complaint related to low tire pressure and may result in
a debit being applied to your dealership during the normal claims review process.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Module > Component Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 888

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
894
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet
^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
895

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
896

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
897

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers


^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure
Warning Lamp On

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2009021301

Date Friday, February 13, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Handling Customer Complaints of TPMS Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

- Description

A recent review of warranty claim data has indicated that many dealers are writing repair orders
and entering unnecessary claims related to normal TPMS system operation. The Tire Pressure
Monitoring System was developed as an important safety feature to alert customers to low air
pressure in one or more of their tires, prompting them to check and adjust their tire pressure at the
nearest service station or other similar facility. Occasionally, due to a customer's lack of familiarity
with the TPMS system and a conditioned response to bring the vehicle in to their serviceing dealer
for any warning lamp concern, you may be presented with a vehicle which has the Tread Lamp
illuminated due to low tire pressure on a normally operating TPMS system. Service advisers and
other dealership personal should screen for all such types of customer complaints and not begin
writing a repair order due to a low tire pressure warning lamp (Tread Lamp) in the absence of any
TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp (TPMS Lamp) illuminated. Assist the customer in checking and
adding air to the tires as necessary during their first visit for the low air pressure light on and
provide them with a copy of the tri-fold Kia TPMS Brochure P/N UN050-KU-001.

A warranty claim should not be filed for any complaint related to low tire pressure and may result in
a debit being applied to your dealership during the normal claims review process.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component
Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component
Information > Locations > Page 906

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 911
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 912

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 913

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 914

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices


^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Locations

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #1

CHG05-1 Oil Control Valve #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 923

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #2

CHG05-2 Oil Control Valve #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 924

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Variable Charge Motion Actuator

CHG80 Variable Charge Motion Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Locations

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #1

CHG05-1 Oil Control Valve #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 931

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #2

CHG05-2 Oil Control Valve #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve
Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 932

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Variable Charge Motion Actuator

CHG80 Variable Charge Motion Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Engine Oil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.

* Kia does recommend flushing the oil cooler during A/T replacement, refer to the appropriate
Transmission TSB.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications

Engine Oil (drain and refill)

Capacity ...............................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 4.86 qt (4.6L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 940
Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications

Engine Oil Type

Grade ...................................................................................................................................................
................... API Service SM, ILSAC GF-4 or above Viscosity ............................................................
............................................................................................................................................ 5W-20,
5W-30
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component
Information > Locations

Oil Pressure Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component
Information > Locations > Page 944

Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams

CHG15 Oil Pressure Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Pump Replacement Guidelines

Oil Pump: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil Pump Replacement Guidelines

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 084

MODEL 2010 Models

DATE December 2010

SUBJECT: ENGINE OIL PUMP REPLACEMENT GUIDELINES DURING SHORT BLOCK


REPLACEMENT

This bulletin provides guidelines to Engine Oil Pump replacement during Short Block replacement
or internal engine repair.

NOTICE

A new or remanufactured engine sub-assembly (long block) is shipped with a new oil pump already
installed, so this bulletin does not pertain to the installation of new or remanufactured engines.

Short Engine Assembly (Short Block) Examples


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Pump Replacement Guidelines > Page 949

Examples of the Engine Oil Pump Assembly

Inspection Procedure and Guidelines:

1. Inspect the incident engine using the Engine Core Data Form included in (TSB: ENG 042); then
proceed to step #2.

NOTICE

Refer to TSB ENG 042 published March 2009 (Remanufactured Engine Program) for details.
Depending on the engine diagnosis results, the repair may not require a short or long block
replacement to resolve the condition.

2. If a short block replacement has been determined as the repair option with any of the following
conditions, then ALWAYS replace the oil pump with a new pump.

^ Low or no oil pressure

^ Excessive foreign/metallic debris found inside the oil pan or the oil pick-up screen.

^ Continuous engine knocking noise (after isolating the accessory drive component such as the
power steering pump, air conditioning compressor, water

pump, or alternator)

^ Engine friction damage such as piston/cylinder wall scuffing, main/rod bearing/journal scuffing,
excessively worn thrust bearing, or seizing of rotating

components.

^ Overheated engine that caused internal engine damage.

3. If a short block replacement is not required and none of the existing conditions from step #2
have been found refer to the following inspection points of the engine oil pump prior to reuse.
^ Rotate the oil pump by hand (rotor/sprocket) to confirm that it rotates freely without much
resistance Replace oil pump if internal binding damage is

encountered.

^ Visually inspect the condition of the front main oil seal in the oil pump (engines using a front case
assembly oil pump) for wear damage or visual leaks

Replace the front main oil seal if necessary to ensure a proper seal.

NOTICE

If the front main oil seal is found partially pushed out from the front case assembly, you should
check for excessive crankshaft thrust endplay before replaceing the seal.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Pump Replacement Guidelines > Page 950

^ Visually inspect and clean the Oil Pickup Screen Assembly replace only if damaged.

^ (For engines using front case assembly oil pumps) inspect and re-tighten the machine screw
fasteners of the new oil pump cover if necessary.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Pump Replacement Guidelines > Page 951

^ (For engines using front case assembly oil pumps) inspect the connection between the front case
assembly and the oil screen assembly. Replace the oil

screen gasket if necessary. Re-tighten the bolt fasteners of the oil pickup screen if necessary.

NOTICE

Proper sealing of the oil pump cover and the oil pickup screen to the oil pump front case body is
important to ensure proper oil pressure delivery during engine operation.

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION: This bulletin provides additional service information during
engine diagnosis and repair. Normal warranty policy will apply.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender >
Component Information > Locations

Oil Pressure Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender >
Component Information > Locations > Page 956

Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams

CHG15 Oil Pressure Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable
Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Locations

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable
Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #1

CHG05-1 Oil Control Valve #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable
Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 964

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #2

CHG05-2 Oil Control Valve #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable
Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 965

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Variable Charge Motion Actuator

CHG80 Variable Charge Motion Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System
Information > Service Precautions
Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions

TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

- Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that
the vacuum hoses are properly connected.

- To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose.

- To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires.

- Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in
order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury.

- When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks.

- Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or
explosion.

To prevent serious burns: -

Avoid contact with hot metal parts.

- Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System
Information > Service Precautions > Page 969

- Before servicing the vehicle: -

Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers.

- Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint.

- Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation.

- Do not smoke while working on the vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Coolant: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.

* Kia does recommend flushing the oil cooler during A/T replacement, refer to the appropriate
Transmission TSB.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information >
Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Coolant: Capacity Specifications

Engine Coolant Capacities

A/T .......................................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 7.19 qt (6.8L) M/T ...................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... 7.08 qt
(6.7L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information >
Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 977
Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications

Engine Coolant

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
........... Ethylene glycol base for aluminium radiators.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor > Component Information > Locations

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 982

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagrams

CHG42 Cooling Fan Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan (High) Relay
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 987
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 988
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 989

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Cooling Fan (High) Relay

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagrams Cooling Fan (High) Relay

CHG94 Cooling Fan (High) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan
Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 992

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagrams Cooling Fan (Low) Relay

CHG100 Cooling Fan (Low) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 996

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Diagrams

CHG11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan (High) Relay
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 1002
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 1003
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 1004

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Cooling Fan (High) Relay

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagrams Cooling Fan (High) Relay

CHG94 Cooling Fan (High) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System >
Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Cooling Fan (High) Relay > Page 1007

Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Diagrams Cooling Fan (Low) Relay

CHG100 Cooling Fan (Low) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System >
Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System >
Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1012

Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Diagrams

CHG11 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Body Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1019
Body Control Module: Diagrams

M13-A BCM

M13-B BCM

M13-C BCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)

*NOTICE
This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1028
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1029
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1030
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1031
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1032

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)
*NOTICE

This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1038
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1039
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1040
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1041
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1042

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1047
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1048
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1049
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1050
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1051
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1052
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1053

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1059
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1060
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1061
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1062
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1063
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1064
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All
Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction > Page 1065

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
1066

Engine Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
1067
Engine Control Module: Diagrams
CHG-A PCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
1068
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
1069
ERROR: stackunderflow
OFFENDING COMMAND: ~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page
1073
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Pump Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1078
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1079
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules
- Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1083
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 1090

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 1091

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1095

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page
1099

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1 > Page 1104

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft
Position Sensor #1 > Page 1107

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page
1111

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page
1115

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams

F16 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1119

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Page 1123

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams

CHG25 MAP Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor >
Page 1128

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor
(Down) (With SULEV)

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)

CHG48 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor
(Down) (With SULEV) > Page 1131

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)

CHG17 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor
(Down) (With SULEV) > Page 1132

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Up)

CHG20 Oxygen Sensor (Up)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1136

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Locations > Page 1140

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1145
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1146
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.
5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1147
7. Harness Classification
Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1148
For example:
HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1149
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1150
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1151

Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1152

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1153
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY
A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1154

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1155
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1156
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Electrical Diagrams
SD436-1 Vehicle Speed System (1)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 1157
SD436-2 Vehicle Speed System (2)
Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 1163

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Page 1164

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1168

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1 > Page 1174

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor
#1 > Page 1177

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1181

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations

Ignition Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning
Switch (W/O Smart Key)

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M09 Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning
Switch (W/O Smart Key) > Page 1187

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M18 Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and
Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1191

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information >
Service Precautions
Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions

TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS

- Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that
the vacuum hoses are properly connected.

- To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose.

- To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires.

- Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in
order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury.

- When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks.

- Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or
explosion.

To prevent serious burns: -

Avoid contact with hot metal parts.

- Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information >
Service Precautions > Page 1195

- Before servicing the vehicle: -

Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers.

- Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint.

- Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation.

- Do not smoke while working on the vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138

Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1201

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1202

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1206

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1210

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component
Information > Locations

Body Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component
Information > Locations > Page 1214
Body Control Module: Diagrams

M13-A BCM

M13-B BCM

M13-C BCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 > Page 1219

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 > Page 1222

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1226

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Locations

Data Link Connector: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Data Link Connector: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1232
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1233
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1234
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1235
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1236
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1237
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1238

Data Link Connector: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1239

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1240
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1241

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1242
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1243

Data Link Connector: Connector Views

M10 Data Link Connector


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1244
Data Link Connector: Electrical Diagrams

SD200-1 Data Link Details (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1245
SD200-2 Data Link Details (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1246
SD200-3 Data Link Details (3)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1247
SD200-4 Data Link Details (4)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's
Electronic Throttle Actuator: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's
GROUP ENG

NUMBER 086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE December 2010

SUBJECT: COMBINED TSB/SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 -
P0304 - VCMA REPLACEMENT (SA064)

This bulletin provides information relating to some Sportage (SL) 2011MY vehicles produced from
Job # 1 - November 22, 2010 equipped with a 2.4L engine that may experience an illuminated
Malfunction Indicator Lamp without any discernible driving concerns. Please check for engine
misfire related DTC(s) listed below:

^ P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301: Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302: Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303: Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304: Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

To improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Action and replacing the VCMA on
all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles that fall within the vehicle production range mentioned above.

The Inspection Procedure outlined below details a check for engine misfire-related DTC(s).

If any are detected, replace the VCMA (Variable Charge Motion Actuator) following the Service
Procedure.

For vehicles not on the Affected Vehicles List, but with a customer concern; perform the following
procedure outlined in this bulletin and submit a warranty claim per "customer concern" (Standard
TSB) claim information below.

NOTICE

A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer requesting to perform this repair outside the warranty period will
require DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs ? Not Completed Recall > Recall VIN > Select Report),
which includes a list of affected vehicles.

This issue number is SA064.

Inspection Procedure:

1. Verify that the engine is cold; engine coolant temperature ranges from 14°F (10°C) to 91°F
(33°C). In case the engine is too hot, wait until the engine cools down naturally.

2. Start the engine and let idle for approximately one minute.

Using GDS, check for misfire-related DTC(s): P0300, P0301, P0302, P0304
*NOTICE

If any of the above DTCs are detected, replace the VCMA with the new assembly following the
procedure below. If none are detected, no further action is needed.

VCMA Replacement Service Procedure:

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1256
Remove the engine cover; then remove the air intake assembly (A).
2. Cover the throttle body inlet with a clean cloth (B) to prevent any foreign material from entering
the throttle body.

Disconnect upper radiator hose (C).

NOTICE

Before disconnecting the upper radiator hose, place a container under the radiator hose (C) to
catch the engine coolant.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1257
3. Disconnect the VCMA wiring connector (D); then disconnect coolant hose (E).
4. Remove the three (3) VCMA mounting bolts as indicated by the circles.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1258
5. Remove the VCMA assembly (F).
CAUTION

Be careful not to lose the VCMA coupling (G).

6. Install the new VCMA assembly.

CAUTION

When reinstalling the VCMA coupling, make sure that the circle grove side of (H) faces the intake
manifold, and the straight groove side of (I) faces the VCMA assembly.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1259

Reinstall all removed components in reverse order of removal.

Add sufficient amount of engine coolant; run engine and check for coolant leaks.

Clear DTC(s) id present.

AFFECTED VEHICLE PRODUCTION RANGE

REQUIRED PARTS

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

These vehicles are listed on the "Not Completed Report".


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1260

STANDARD WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

Used this information only to file a warranty claim for vehicles for which:

1. A customer complains of the same concern.

2. The VIN does not appear on the Affected Vehicles List for Service Action SA064.

3. The vehicle model year and production date range are as identified in this bulletin.

NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA064 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG078 > Nov > 10 > Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value Reset Procedure

Electronic Throttle Actuator: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value
Reset Procedure

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 078

MODEL Rondo (UN), Forte/Forte Koup (TD), Optima (TF), Optima (MG) Sorento (XM), Sportage
(SL)

DATE November 2010

SUBJECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL ADAPTIVE VALUE RESET / RELEARN - MIL


WITH DTC P0638 / P2110

This bulletin provides the procedure to reset (erase) and relearn the Electronic Throttle Control
(ETC) adaptive value (throttle valve position) on the following Kia vehicles: Rondo (UN),
Forte/Forte Koup (TD), Optima (TF), Optima (MG), Sorento (XM), and Sportage (SL) with
Theta-2.0/2.4L gasoline engines with ETC systems.

After the following repairs have been completed, the ETC adaptive value must be reset / relearned.
If starting engine without resetting / relearning the ETC adaptive values; DTCs P0638 or P2110 will
be stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will be illuminated.

^ ETC assembly or TPS (Throttle Position Sensor) replacement

^ ECM replacement

^ ECM software upgrade

Trouble Code Descriptions:

P0638: Throttle actuator control range/performance

P2110: Throttle actuator control system - Force limited RPM

Caution

Reset / Relearn ETC Adaptive Value Service Procedure:

1. Check for DTC(s) P0638 / P2110

2. Clear DTC(s)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG078 > Nov > 10 > Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value Reset Procedure > Page 1265
3. Select Option/Data Treatment
4. Resetting adaptive values

5. Select "Reset" then wait 10 seconds after turning ignition key off (Relay OFF).

6. Wait for 5 seconds after turning ignition ON (ETC adaptive value relearn).

7, Start engine.

8. Recheck DTC(s).
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG078 > Nov > 10 > Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value Reset Procedure > Page 1266

Caution
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's
Electronic Throttle Actuator: Recalls Campaign SA064 - VCMA Replacement For Misfire DTC's
GROUP ENG

NUMBER 086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE December 2010

SUBJECT: COMBINED TSB/SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 -
P0304 - VCMA REPLACEMENT (SA064)

This bulletin provides information relating to some Sportage (SL) 2011MY vehicles produced from
Job # 1 - November 22, 2010 equipped with a 2.4L engine that may experience an illuminated
Malfunction Indicator Lamp without any discernible driving concerns. Please check for engine
misfire related DTC(s) listed below:

^ P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301: Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302: Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303: Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304: Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

To improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Action and replacing the VCMA on
all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles that fall within the vehicle production range mentioned above.

The Inspection Procedure outlined below details a check for engine misfire-related DTC(s).

If any are detected, replace the VCMA (Variable Charge Motion Actuator) following the Service
Procedure.

For vehicles not on the Affected Vehicles List, but with a customer concern; perform the following
procedure outlined in this bulletin and submit a warranty claim per "customer concern" (Standard
TSB) claim information below.

NOTICE

A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer requesting to perform this repair outside the warranty period will
require DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs ? Not Completed Recall > Recall VIN > Select Report),
which includes a list of affected vehicles.

This issue number is SA064.

Inspection Procedure:

1. Verify that the engine is cold; engine coolant temperature ranges from 14°F (10°C) to 91°F
(33°C). In case the engine is too hot, wait until the engine cools down naturally.

2. Start the engine and let idle for approximately one minute.

Using GDS, check for misfire-related DTC(s): P0300, P0301, P0302, P0304
*NOTICE

If any of the above DTCs are detected, replace the VCMA with the new assembly following the
procedure below. If none are detected, no further action is needed.

VCMA Replacement Service Procedure:

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1272
Remove the engine cover; then remove the air intake assembly (A).
2. Cover the throttle body inlet with a clean cloth (B) to prevent any foreign material from entering
the throttle body.

Disconnect upper radiator hose (C).

NOTICE

Before disconnecting the upper radiator hose, place a container under the radiator hose (C) to
catch the engine coolant.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1273
3. Disconnect the VCMA wiring connector (D); then disconnect coolant hose (E).
4. Remove the three (3) VCMA mounting bolts as indicated by the circles.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1274
5. Remove the VCMA assembly (F).
CAUTION

Be careful not to lose the VCMA coupling (G).

6. Install the new VCMA assembly.

CAUTION

When reinstalling the VCMA coupling, make sure that the circle grove side of (H) faces the intake
manifold, and the straight groove side of (I) faces the VCMA assembly.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1275

Reinstall all removed components in reverse order of removal.

Add sufficient amount of engine coolant; run engine and check for coolant leaks.

Clear DTC(s) id present.

AFFECTED VEHICLE PRODUCTION RANGE

REQUIRED PARTS

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

These vehicles are listed on the "Not Completed Report".


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG086 > Dec > 10 > Campaign SA064 - VCMA
Replacement For Misfire DTC's > Page 1276

STANDARD WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

Used this information only to file a warranty claim for vehicles for which:

1. A customer complains of the same concern.

2. The VIN does not appear on the Affected Vehicles List for Service Action SA064.

3. The vehicle model year and production date range are as identified in this bulletin.

NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA064 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG078 > Nov > 10 > Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value Reset Procedure

Electronic Throttle Actuator: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value
Reset Procedure

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 078

MODEL Rondo (UN), Forte/Forte Koup (TD), Optima (TF), Optima (MG) Sorento (XM), Sportage
(SL)

DATE November 2010

SUBJECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL ADAPTIVE VALUE RESET / RELEARN - MIL


WITH DTC P0638 / P2110

This bulletin provides the procedure to reset (erase) and relearn the Electronic Throttle Control
(ETC) adaptive value (throttle valve position) on the following Kia vehicles: Rondo (UN),
Forte/Forte Koup (TD), Optima (TF), Optima (MG), Sorento (XM), and Sportage (SL) with
Theta-2.0/2.4L gasoline engines with ETC systems.

After the following repairs have been completed, the ETC adaptive value must be reset / relearned.
If starting engine without resetting / relearning the ETC adaptive values; DTCs P0638 or P2110 will
be stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will be illuminated.

^ ETC assembly or TPS (Throttle Position Sensor) replacement

^ ECM replacement

^ ECM software upgrade

Trouble Code Descriptions:

P0638: Throttle actuator control range/performance

P2110: Throttle actuator control system - Force limited RPM

Caution

Reset / Relearn ETC Adaptive Value Service Procedure:

1. Check for DTC(s) P0638 / P2110

2. Clear DTC(s)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG078 > Nov > 10 > Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value Reset Procedure > Page 1282
3. Select Option/Data Treatment
4. Resetting adaptive values

5. Select "Reset" then wait 10 seconds after turning ignition key off (Relay OFF).

6. Wait for 5 seconds after turning ignition ON (ETC adaptive value relearn).

7, Start engine.

8. Recheck DTC(s).
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Electronic Throttle Actuator: >
ENG078 > Nov > 10 > Engine Controls - ETC Adaptive Value Reset Procedure > Page 1283

Caution
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1284

Electronic Throttle Actuator: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1285

Electronic Throttle Actuator: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)
*NOTICE

This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1294
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1295
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1296
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1297
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1298

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1303
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1304
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1305
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1306
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1307
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1308
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: >
ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1309

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM
Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)

*NOTICE
This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM
Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1315
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM
Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1316
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM
Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1317
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM
Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1318
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM
Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1319

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1325
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1326
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1327
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1328
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1329
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1330
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 >
Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1331

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1332

Engine Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1333
Engine Control Module: Diagrams

CHG-A PCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1334
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1335
ERROR: stackunderflow

OFFENDING COMMAND: ~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1339

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams

F16 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component
Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Page 1343

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel
System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel
System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1347
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor
> Component Information > Locations

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Page 1351

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams

CHG25 MAP Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor > Page 1356

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)

CHG48 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV) > Page 1359

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)

CHG17 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV) > Page 1360

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Up)

CHG20 Oxygen Sensor (Up)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Body Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1365
Body Control Module: Diagrams

M13-A BCM

M13-B BCM

M13-C BCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's
P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)
*NOTICE

This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's
P0300-P0304 > Page 1374
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's
P0300-P0304 > Page 1375
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's
P0300-P0304 > Page 1376
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's
P0300-P0304 > Page 1377
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's
P0300-P0304 > Page 1378

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1383
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1384
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1385
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1386
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1387
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1388
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction >
Page 1389

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

Engine Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)

*NOTICE
This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1395
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1396
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1397
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1398
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: >
ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1399

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction
Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - California Emissions Data
Extraction
GROUP Engine

NUMBER 090

MODEL 2011MY Sedona (VQ), Rio (JB)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: DATA COLLECTION: EXTRACT CALIFORNIA EMISSIONS DATA FROM ECU


(DC002)

This bulletin provides information related to extracting "In use performance tracking" missions data
from the engine control unit (ECU) in certain vehicles sold in California. The California Air Resource
Board (GARB) requires this emissions data to be extracted from the ECUs of a number of
customer owned 2011 model year vehicles with a minimum of 3000 accumulated miles without
reprogramming or resetting. To facilitate collection of this data at the dealer level, changes to the
GDS have been made so that screen shots will allow the capture of relevant parameters.

*NOTICE

This data collection does not apply to vehicles or dealers operating outside of California.

*NOTICE

IF THE VEHICLE MEETS THE CRITERIA BELOW, CALIFORNIA DEALERS MUST PERFORM
THIS DATA COLLECTION ON VEHICLES WHENEVER AN AFFECTED VEHICLE IS IN THE
SHOP FOR ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

For vehicles listed on DCS as requiring this procedure, follow the instructions in this bulletin after
confirming that the following criteria are met:

^ WebDCS shows this as an open Data Collection code DC002A-B (depending on model) for the
vehicle.

^ Vehicle has more than 3000 miles on its odometer.

^ Vehicle repair history does not show battery replacement/disconnection/reset or an ECU Update
done in the last 3000 miles, because IUMPR data

would have been cleared by such an event.

^ Vehicle does not have a check engine light ON.

CAUTION

If vehicle meets above criteria, collect data prior to any other campaign or repair-related activities.

Service Procedure:

1. Open the engine compartment and locate the emission label under the hood. Locate and write
down the "Group" number found on the label for later
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1405
form entry.
2. To start use the Global Diagnostic System (GDS). Begin by clicking on "ID Register". Click on
"Auto VIN" or manually enter vehicle information on the next screen.

*NOTICE

GDS must be updated to version N-K-01-07-0010 or later to properly collect date.

3. Choose "Engine" under "Select System". Click "OK" and follow screen instructions for
connecting to vehicle.

4. To verify the VIN, select "Read VIN" under the "Vehicle S/W Management" menu. Click "OK"
and write down the VIN for later form entry.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1406
5a. Select "System Identification".
5b. Write down the "Calibration ID" or "ROM ID" number for later form entry. Next go to the main
screen by clicking on the "GDS" logo at the top left of the screen.

6. Then select "CARB OBD-II" under the "Diagnosis" tab.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1407
7. Click on "IN-USE Performance Tracking" found in the CARB OBD-II list at the bottom left of the
screen. Then click the "Expand" button at the top right corner of "IN-USE Performance Tracking"
window.

*NOTICE

If all values indicate "Not Supported" or "0", check to make sure you have GDS software version
N-K-01-07-0010 or later. If the software version is correct, and all values show "Not Supported" or
"0", the vehicle will not qualify for this data collection, as it may have received a recent ECM
Update or battery replacement/reset of the data values.

8. To capture the GDS data, click on the "Capture" button.

*NOTICE

Make sure you capture the entire screen, if only part of the list is displayed, first click "Expand"
button, then proceed to capture the entire screen.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1408
9. Select "Scantool Area - Full" and click "Send to file". The GDS will set up a designation folder
and file name to save the captured data. Please change the file name to include the model/engine,
the last 6 of the VIN and the date (mmddyyyy). Before saving, write down the file name and
designation folder for further reference.

Example

10. After saving the file, return to the GDS home page by clicking on "GDS" logo in the upper left
hand corner.

11. Then click on the "Feedback" button.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1409
12. Enter all the information requested in the form including your name and email address.
^ For System, enter "Engine".

^ For Subject, enter "Data Collection".

^ In the Description area,

^ Type "Group:" followed by the group number from the Vehicle Emission Control Information label
in step 1.

^ Type "Calibration ID:" followed by the calibration ID obtained in step 5b.

^ Add current odometer mileage.

^ Add RO#.

*NOTICE

Please check to ensure both group and Cal ID numbers are correctly entered.

13. To attach the data to the feedback form, click on the "Browse" button.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1410
14. Refer to the file name and destination from step 9.
^ Navigate to: Local Disk (D:) / gvciData / Record /

^ Click on the folder for the vehicle ie., "Sportage (KM)".

^ Click on the folder containing the vehicle VIN.

^ Click on the file name.

^ Once the file name appears in the "File Name" box, click on the "Open" button.

15. When the file name appears in the attachment field and all the information has been entered,
click the "Submit" button.

*NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service
Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > ENG090 > Feb > 11 > Emissions - California Emissions Data Extraction > Page 1411

GDS must be connected to the internet to submit data.

16. Click on the "Close" button to finish.

*NOTICE

You may also print the data prior to submitting as record to attach to the RO.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

DATA COLLECTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
DC002 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1412

Engine Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1413
Engine Control Module: Diagrams

CHG-A PCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1414
CHG-K PCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers
and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1418
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine
Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
1424

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page
1425

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1429

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1433

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 >
Page 1438

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 >
Page 1441

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1445

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1449

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams

F16 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1453

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1457

Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams

CHG25 MAP Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Oxygen Sensor > Page 1462

Oxygen Sensor: Locations Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)

CHG48 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV) >
Page 1465

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)

CHG17 Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With ULEV)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Oxygen Sensor (Down) (With SULEV) >
Page 1466

Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams Oxygen Sensor (Up)

CHG20 Oxygen Sensor (Up)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1470

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1474

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1479
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1480
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.
5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1481
7. Harness Classification
Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1482
For example:
HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1483
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1484
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1485

Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1486

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1487
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY
A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1488

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1489
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1490
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Electrical Diagrams
SD436-1 Vehicle Speed System (1)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Computers
and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
> Page 1491
SD436-2 Vehicle Speed System (2)
Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1495

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position
Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position
Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1499

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator >
Component Information > Locations

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator >
Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #1

CHG05-1 Oil Control Valve #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator >
Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 1505

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Oil Control Valve #2

CHG05-2 Oil Control Valve #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator >
Component Information > Diagrams > Oil Control Valve #1 > Page 1506

Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagrams Variable Charge Motion Actuator

CHG80 Variable Charge Motion Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1511
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1512
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1513
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1514
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1515
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1516
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1517

Vehicle Speed Sensor: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1518

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1519
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1520

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1521
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1522
Vehicle Speed Sensor: Electrical Diagrams

SD436-1 Vehicle Speed System (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Vehicle Speed Sensor >
Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1523
SD436-2 Vehicle Speed System (2)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister
Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Locations

Canister Purge Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister
Purge Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1529

Canister Purge Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG21 Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Leak
Detection Solenoid, Evaporative System > Component Information > Diagrams

Leak Detection Solenoid: Diagrams

F15 Canister Close Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138

Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1538

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1539

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Injector #1

Fuel Injector: Diagrams Injector #1

CHG24-1 Injector #1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Injector #1 > Page 1544

Fuel Injector: Diagrams Injector #2

CHG24-2 Injector #2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Injector #1 > Page 1545

Fuel Injector: Diagrams Injector #3

CHG24-3 Injector #3
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component
Information > Diagrams > Injector #1 > Page 1546

Fuel Injector: Diagrams Injector #4

CHG24-4 Injector #4
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Fuel Pump Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1551
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1552
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender >
Component Information > Locations

Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1557

Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams

F12 Fuel Sender & Fuel Pump Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)
> Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System)
> Component Information > Locations > Page 1561
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Pump Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1566
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1567
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations

Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1571
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine
Controls - Engine Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Engine
Management DTCs P2135 and P2138
Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2008090302

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Engine Management DTCs - P2135 and P2138

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) as part of the
accelerator pedal assembly is being replaced unneccessarily for DTC P2135. P2135 is the code for
the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) which is part of the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator (ETC).
Should a problem occur with the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS), DTC P2138 would be set, not
P2135.

Some confusion may occur when viewing the GDS/KGIS descriptor for P2135 and P2138, both of
which have similar wording - Throttle/pedal Position Sensor Switch Correlation. KMA is actively
working to have this corrected in future GDS/KGIS releases. Until that time, please be aware the
DTC P2135 relates to the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) and DTC 2138 relates to the Accelerator
position Sensor (APS) respectively.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1577

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1578

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG44 Accel Pedal Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery
and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1582

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Throttle Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1586

Throttle Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG22 ETC Motor & Throttle Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable
Induction Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams

Variable Induction Control Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG70 Variable Intake Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information
> Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information
> Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 > Page 1596

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information
> Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information
> Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 > Page 1599

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component
Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Page 1603

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams >
Ignition Coil #1

Ignition Coil: Diagrams Ignition Coil #1

CHG18-1 Ignition Coil #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams >
Ignition Coil #1 > Page 1608

Ignition Coil: Diagrams Ignition Coil #2

CHG18-2 Ignition Coil #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams >
Ignition Coil #1 > Page 1609

Ignition Coil: Diagrams Ignition Coil #3

CHG18-3 Ignition Coil #3


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams >
Ignition Coil #1 > Page 1610

Ignition Coil: Diagrams Ignition Coil #4

CHG18-4 Ignition Coil #4


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations
> Page 1614

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft
Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft
Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 > Page 1620

Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft
Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #1

CHG13-1 Camshaft Position Sensor #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft
Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Camshaft Position Sensor #1 > Page 1623

Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Camshaft Position Sensor #2

CHG13-2 Camshaft Position Sensor #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System >
Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System >
Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1627

Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams

CHG14 Crankshaft Position Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition
Switch > Component Information > Locations

Ignition Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M09 Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key) > Page 1633

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M18 Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock
Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Knock Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1637

Knock Sensor: Diagrams

CHG23 Knock Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information >
Locations

Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams

Shift Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG04 ATM Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Transmission
and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Transmission
and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information >
Locations > Page 1652

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1
> Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA070 -
ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)
*NOTICE

This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1
> Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1661
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1
> Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1662
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1
> Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1663
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1
> Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1664
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1
> Feb > 11 > Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1665

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 >
Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Recalls Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For
MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304

GROUP Engine

NUMBER 091[Rev 1]

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

DATE February 2011

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: ECM UPGRADE - MIL ON WITH DTC P0300 - P0304 LOGIC
(SA070)
*NOTICE

This bulletin provides information related to the ECM software upgrade of some 2011MY Sportage
(SL) 2.4L vehicles produced from start of production to December 20, 2010 which may experience
a Malfunction Indicator Lamp illuminated with the ECM (Electronic Control Module) system-related
DTC P0300-P0304.

^ P0300 - Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

^ P0301 - Cylinder 1 - Misfire Detected

^ P0302 - Cylinder 2 - Misfire Detected

^ P0303 - Cylinder 3 - Misfire Detected

^ P0304 - Cylinder 4 - Misfire Detected

Please perform this Service Action for all dealer in-stock units prior to retail sales. For confirmation
that the latest reflash has been performed to a vehicle you are working on, verify ROM ID using the
tables in this TSB.

To correct this condition, the ECM should be reprogrammed using GDS download as described
below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 >
Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1671
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 >
Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1672
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 >
Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1673
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 >
Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1674
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > ENG091R1 > Feb > 11 >
Campaign SA070 - ECM Update For MIL/DTC's P0300-P0304 > Page 1675

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE: Start of production to December 20, 2010

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA070 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators
and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations

Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators
and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams

Shift Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG04 ATM Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T
> Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations

Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T
> Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams

Shift Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG04 ATM Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level

Fluid - A/T: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level

Model All Model

Group Automatic Transmission(52)

Number KT2009043001

Date Thursday, April 30, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Proper Checking of the Automatic Transmission Fluid Level

- Description

Proper Checking of the Automatic Transmission Fluid Level

The automatic transmission level should be checked regularly. Keep the vehicle on level ground
with the parking brake.

Check fluid as follows:

1. Make sure the transmission fluid temperature is between 158-176°F, use scan tool/GDS to verify
temperature if needed. Checking the fluid level before it has reached operating temperature will
result in false readings. Warm-up time can vary depending on ambient temperature - see sample
graph below.

2. Place the selector lever in P (Park) or N (Neutral) and engine is at idle speed.

3. Confirm the fluid level is in the "HOT" range on the dipstick. If the fluid level is lower, add the
specified fluid as required.

> Normal warm-up time can vary depending on the ambient temperature

> Graph shown is for vehicle in 95°F ambient temperature idling in Park for 30 minutes and finally
reaching the proper temperature to check the fluid level, driving the vehicle for 10-15 minutes will
decrease time to proper temperature
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level > Page 1697

Fluid - A/T: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Proper Checking of A/T Fluid Level > Page 1698
ERROR: stackunderflow OFFENDING COMMAND: begin

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications

Automatic Transaxle Fluid

Capacity ...............................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 7.50 qt (7.1L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1701
Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications

Automatic Transaxle Fluid

Type ............ Michang ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, KIA Genuine ATF SP-IV or
other brands meting the specification approved by

Kia motors Corp.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches - A/T >
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches - A/T >
Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1706

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift
Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations

Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T >
Component Information > Diagrams

Shift Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG04 ATM Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component
Information > Diagrams > ATM Shift Lever

Shifter A/T: Diagrams ATM Shift Lever

CHG63 ATM Shift Lever


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component
Information > Diagrams > ATM Shift Lever > Page 1718

Shifter A/T: Diagrams ATM Shift Lever III.

F38 ATM Shift Lever III.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position
Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position
Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1722

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Fluid > Component
Information > Specifications
Clutch Fluid: Specifications

Clutch Fluid Type

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
............. FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 Brake Fluid
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations

Clutch Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Diagrams
> Clutch Switch (M/T)

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Clutch Switch (M/T)

CHG36 Clutch Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Diagrams
> Clutch Switch (M/T) > Page 1733

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)

CHG08 Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - M/T > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications
Fluid - M/T: Capacity Specifications

Manual Transaxle Fluid

Capacity ...............................................................................................................................................
............................................................ 1.90 qt (1.8L)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - M/T > Component
Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1739
Fluid - M/T: Fluid Type Specifications

Manual Transaxle Fluid

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
........................................... API GL-4, SAE 75W/85
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors
and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors
and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1745

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information >
Locations

Shift Interlock Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams

Shift Solenoid: Diagrams

CHG04 ATM Solenoid Valve


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component
Information > Locations

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches -
Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component
Information > Locations > Page 1760

Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Diagrams

CHG01 Transaxle Range Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake
Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake
Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1766

Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams

CHG40 ESC Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1771

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1772

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1773

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Front Wheel Sensor LH

CHG54 Front Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1776

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Front Wheel Sensor RH

CHG34 Front Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1777

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Rear Wheel Sensor LH

F30 Rear Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor
> Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1778

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Rear Wheel Sensor RH

F31 Rear Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Yaw Rate Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Yaw Rate Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Yaw Rate Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1782

Yaw Rate Sensor: Diagrams

F18 Yaw Rate Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Brake Pad: > TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System - Brake Noise

Brake Pad: Customer Interest Brake System - Brake Noise

Model All Model

Group Brake System(41)

Number KT2008090502

Date Friday, September 05, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Brake Noise - All Models

- Description

Some vehicles may experience a squeaking or grinding noise originating from the front or rear disc
brakes when applying the brake. The concern maybe related to the brake pads sticking and not
moving freely in the slides due to lack of lubrication one/or corrosion. To address this concern
remove, clean and lubricate the brake pad contact area as shown in the article.

^ Remove caliper mounting bracket as required

^ Clamp mounting bracket into vice and clean the rust and/or corrosion using a wire brush

^ Lubricate the cleaned areas with CRC(R) Synthetic Brake Caliper Grease

^ Use grease on both sides of anti-squeak shim if equipped

CAUTION:

Make sure NO grease gets on the braking surfaces.

If grease gets on the pad friction material or rotor it must be cleaned before road-testing the
vehicle.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Brake Pad: > TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System - Brake Noise
> Page 1792
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Pad: > TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System -
Brake Noise

Brake Pad: All Technical Service Bulletins Brake System - Brake Noise

Model All Model

Group Brake System(41)

Number KT2008090502

Date Friday, September 05, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Brake Noise - All Models

- Description

Some vehicles may experience a squeaking or grinding noise originating from the front or rear disc
brakes when applying the brake. The concern maybe related to the brake pads sticking and not
moving freely in the slides due to lack of lubrication one/or corrosion. To address this concern
remove, clean and lubricate the brake pad contact area as shown in the article.

^ Remove caliper mounting bracket as required

^ Clamp mounting bracket into vice and clean the rust and/or corrosion using a wire brush

^ Lubricate the cleaned areas with CRC(R) Synthetic Brake Caliper Grease

^ Use grease on both sides of anti-squeak shim if equipped

CAUTION:

Make sure NO grease gets on the braking surfaces.

If grease gets on the pad friction material or rotor it must be cleaned before road-testing the
vehicle.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Pad: > TT2008090502 > Sep > 08 > Brake System -
Brake Noise > Page 1798
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Brake Fluid: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended > Page 1804
ERROR: stackunderflow OFFENDING COMMAND: begin

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information
> Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1805
Brake Fluid: Specifications

Brake Fluid

Type .....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................... DOT 3 or DOT 4
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1809

Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Diagrams

CHG45 Brake Fluid Level Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 1815

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

F33 Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 1818

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)

F32 Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic
Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic
Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1823

Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams

CHG40 ESC Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid
Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations

Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid
Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1828

Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Diagrams

CHG45 Brake Fluid Level Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking
Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking
Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 1833

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking
Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

F33 Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking
Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 1836

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)

F32 Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1841

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Front Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1842

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1843

Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Rear Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Front Wheel Sensor LH

CHG54 Front Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1846

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Front Wheel Sensor RH

CHG34 Front Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1847

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Rear Wheel Sensor LH

F30 Rear Wheel Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel
Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wheel Sensor LH > Page 1848

Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams Rear Wheel Sensor RH

F31 Rear Wheel Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate
Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Yaw Rate Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1852

Yaw Rate Sensor: Diagrams

F18 Yaw Rate Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor
> Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Page 1858

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Temperature
Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Temperature
Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1862

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Clutch Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Clutch Switch (M/T)

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Clutch Switch (M/T)

CHG36 Clutch Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Clutch Switch (M/T) > Page 1868

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)

CHG08 Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Ignition Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M09 Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key) > Page 1874

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M18 Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Start / Stop Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1878

Start / Stop Switch: Diagrams

M61 Start/Stop Button Switch (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1888
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1889
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1890

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1891

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1897
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1898
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1899

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1900

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Keyless Start Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1903
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1904
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1905
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1906
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1907
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1908
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1909

Keyless Start Control Module: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1910

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1911
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1912

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1913
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1914
Keyless Start Control Module: Electrical Diagrams

SD954-3 Smart Key Module System (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1915
SD954-4 Smart Key Module System (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1916
SD954-5 Smart Key Module System (3)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1917
SD954-6 Smart Key Module System (4)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Neutral Start Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1921
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1922
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Neutral Start Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1923

Neutral Start Relay: Diagrams

CHG92 ATM P/N Relay (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Starter Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1927
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1928
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 1929

Starter Relay: Diagrams

CHG99 Start Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Battery Current Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Page 1934

Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information >
Locations

Battery Temperature Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Temperature Sensor > Component Information >
Locations > Page 1938

Battery Temperature Sensor: Diagrams

CHG03 Battery Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams

Alternator: Diagrams

CHG06 Alternator

E13 Alternator
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations

Clutch Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Clutch Switch (M/T)

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Clutch Switch (M/T)

CHG36 Clutch Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Clutch Switch (M/T) > Page 1949

Clutch Switch: Diagrams Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)

CHG08 Ignition Lock Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Locations

Ignition Lock Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Ignition Lock Solenoid: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1956
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1957
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1958
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1959
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1960
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1961
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1962

Ignition Lock Solenoid: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1963

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1964
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1965

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1966
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Lock > Ignition Lock Solenoid > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1967

Ignition Lock Solenoid: Connector Views

M19 Key Solenoid (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations

Ignition Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M09 Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch (W/O Smart Key) > Page 1973

Ignition Switch: Diagrams Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)

M18 Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Antenna >
Component Information > Diagrams

Keyless Start Antenna: Diagrams

M75 Fob Holder


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1986
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1987
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1988

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1989

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1995
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1996
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1997

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 1998

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Keyless Start Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2001
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2002
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2003
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2004
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2005
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2006
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2007

Keyless Start Control Module: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2008

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2009
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2010

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2011
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2012
Keyless Start Control Module: Electrical Diagrams

SD954-3 Smart Key Module System (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2013
SD954-4 Smart Key Module System (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2014
SD954-5 Smart Key Module System (3)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2015
SD954-6 Smart Key Module System (4)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information
Keyless Start Transmitter: Technical Service Bulletins Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 048

MODEL ALL MODELS

DATE JANUARY 2011

SUBJECT: SMART KEY PROGRAMING PROCEDURES WHEN BOTH SMART KEYS ARE LOST

This bulletin provides programming information for vehicles for which both Smart Keys are missing
Without a Smart Key the vehicle will not power up Please follow the programming procedure
outlined in this bulletin when replacing both Smart Keys.

*NOTICE

If it is determined that a customer has lost both Smart Keys, then the customer will be responsible
for the cost or replacement Smart Keys.

Programming Procedure:

1. Connect GDS to vehicle and select Option Treatment.

2. Select Vehicle, then Year, and then Engine.

The screen shown above is for demonstrative purposes only and will vary depending on model.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information > Page
2020
3. Select PIC for the system, and then the Smart Key Unit.
Press OK.

4. Select Neutralization Mode.

5. Neutralize all three modules. PIN codes must be entered, (PIN codes can be found on KGIS).

6. Once all three modules have been neutralized, select System to change to PIC System Code
Saving.

7. Select PIC, and then select Smart Key Code Saving.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information > Page
2021

8. Insert a NEW Smart Key into the holder in the center armrest as per the on screen prompt.

Input the PIN code.

Press OK

Repeat, step 8 for the second Smart Key

*NOTICE

Only 2 Smart Keys can be programmed per vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Neutral Start Relay > Component Information >
Locations

Neutral Start Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Neutral Start Relay > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2025
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Neutral Start Relay > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2026
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Neutral Start Relay > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2027

Neutral Start Relay: Diagrams

CHG92 ATM P/N Relay (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information >
Locations

Start / Stop Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2031

Start / Stop Switch: Diagrams

M61 Start/Stop Button Switch (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Locations

Starter Motor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2035

Starter Motor: Diagrams

E11 Start Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations

Starter Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2039
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2040
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2041

Starter Relay: Diagrams

CHG99 Start Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Solenoid > Component Information > Locations

Starter Solenoid: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Solenoid > Component Information > Locations
> Page 2045

Starter Solenoid: Diagrams

E12 Start Solenoid


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2051
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2052
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2053
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2054
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2055
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2056
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2057

Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2058

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2059
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2060

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2061
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2062
Auxiliary Power Outlet: Connector Views

Front Power Outlet LH

M81 Front Power Outlet LH

Front Power Outlet RH

M83 Front Power Outlet RH

Rear Power Outlet

F17 Rear Power Outlet


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Diode > Component Information >
Diagrams

Diode: Diagrams

Z01 Diode
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket

Fuse: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2009112001

Date Friday, November 20, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Fuse For Power Accessory Socket And Cigar Lighter Blown Due To The Use Of
Aftermarket Cellular Chargers Or Similar Plug In Devices

- Description

Fuse For Power Accessory Socket And Cigar Lighter Blown Due To The Use Of Aftermarket
Cellular Chargers Of Similar Plug In Devices

Customers should be advised against the use of some kinds of inexpensive aftermarket cell phone
chargers (or similar plug in devices) due to their use of a removable in-line fuse which causes
susceptibility to haveing small parts detach and short out across the receptacle terminal. If you
incounter a blown fuse for Power Accessory Socket and Cigar Lighter inquire with the customer as
to which brand of cell phone charger etc. they are currently using and advise them to discontinue
the use where applicable. Parching an approved cell phone charger from their cell phone carrier's
Online or retail store should correct this condition.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket > Page 2070

Fuse: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - New Fuse Design on All Vehicles

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2009060301

Date Wednesday, June 03, 2009

Area N.America

Subject All Kia Vehicles New Fuse Design

- Description

All Kia Vehicles

New Fuse Design

This Pitstop publication advises of the use of new fuse designs (for Kia). Some Kia vehicles have
begun to use lower profile fuses then what's been previously used. They currently are difficult to
find outside of O.E.M. parts suppliers. The fuses are industry categorized as Low Profile Fuses,
and come in various types and amperage ratings.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2071
Fuse: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2072
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2073
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2074
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2075
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2076
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2077
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2078
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2079
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2080
Fuse: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2081
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2082
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2083
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2084
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2085
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2086
ERROR: undefined

OFFENDING COMMAND: f‘~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Grounding Point > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine Controls - Powertrain Grounds
Grounding Point: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Powertrain Grounds

Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2009083101

Date Monday, August 31, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Powertrain Grounds

- Description

Powertrain Grounds

Upon encountering powertrain DTC's, check that the powertrain main ground is good before
attempting any repairs.

When diagnosing any "P" or "C" Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in which normal diagnostic steps
do not quickly reveal the problem, check that the powertrain assembly is properly grounded to the
body/chassis/battery.

Powertrain assemblies all have at least one ground to body/chassis/battery and in some cases
more. A poorly grounded powertrain assembly does not necessarily produce a "string" of DTC's;
check the connections even if you only retrieve one or two DTC's. Not identifying the poor ground
can (and does) lead to many hours being spent and parts being replaced unneccessarily.

Be aware that a quick voltage drop check between the powertrain and body/chassis/battery while
at engine idle or in the shop under low load conditions may not reveal this concern. Powertrain
ground requirements increase linearly (and substantially) with higher RPM/load conditions. It may
be necessary to drive the vehicle under similar RPM/load conditions as when the code set while
taking voltage drop recordings with a "min/max" capable digital volt meter.

Any indications of poorly grounded powertrain assembly should be investigated and corrected prior
to performing any further in-depth repairs.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > TT2008112501 > Nov > 08 > Electrical -
Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

Multiple Junction Connector: Customer Interest Electrical - Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin
Tension
Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008112501

Date Tuesday, November 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Adjusting Electrical Therminal Pin Tension

- Description

Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

This artical provides clarification on proper procedure for adjusting electrical terminal pin tension.
Under no circumstances should the male terminal be twisted, these terminals must remain as
designed, the only pin tension that is being recommended is for the female terminals is where we
want to tighten the pin fit and have the proper alide resistance when completed.

All electrical terminals are in alignment and should never be twisted or angled in an attempt to
repair a connection concern.

This is an improper repair attempt and will be subject to warranty charge-back. Terminals are
twisted.

Depress the plastic locking tab and gently remove the terminal to be adjusted. When removed
adjust the metallic contact tang until proper slide ersistence
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: >
TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 > Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update

Multiple Junction Connector: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application
Update

Model All Model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2009032702

Date Friday, March 27, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Stabilant 22A - Application Upgrade

- Description

Stabilant 22A(R) - Application Update

Technicians may not be aware of the proper use of Stabilant 22A(R). The product should only be
applied to clean MALE terminals and wait several minutes for the evaporation of the alcohol before
mating the terminals together. To clean the male and female terminals before applying the
Stabilant 22A(R), electrical contact cleaner should be used for best results.

Often a sensor may malfunction with an error message on a diagnostic computer, this can occur
because of a faulty connection to the sensor. So the sensor is is replaced again for the same cause
and the error re-occurs. The removal of the dirt/grease must be performed with electrical contact
cleaner before applying Stabilant 22A(R).

Stabilant 22A(R) is an initially non-conductive block polymer that when used in a thin film with in
the contact switches to a conductive state under the effect of the electrical field. The field gradient
at which this occurs is set such that the material will remain non-conductive between adjacent
contacts in a multiple pin connector environment.

Thus, when applied to electromamechancial contacts, Stabilant 22A(R) provides the connection
reliability of a soldered joint without bonding the contacting surfaces together.

Contacts/terminals are generally the weakest link in any piece of electrical equipment whether it be
an electronic ignition module, automotive computer, electrical connectors, power door
locks/Windows, airbag connectors, or even headlights. The use of Stabilant(R) or its
isopropanol-diluted form Stabilant 22A(R), will make contacts from 10 to 100 times more reliable,
eliminating costly comebacks and ensuring customer satisfaction.

Normally, a film thickness of about 0.5 to 1 mils of the concentrate is more then enough. In other
words, you want just enough to fill up the minute gaps within the contacts. Where Stabilant 22A(R)
is used, be sure to allow for the evaporation of the alcohol which forms 4/5th's of it's volume. It has
been in use in field applications in excess of twelve years now without showing any signs of
reduced effectiveness. The material has a high molecular weight and a very low vapor pressure.

Thus is not prone to losses to evaporation. Unlike some other contact protection oils, Stabilant
22A(R) will not cross-link when exposed to certain material such as high sulfur (free-Maching)
brass alloys or in contact with elastomers containing ultra-accelerators, curing agents or other
cross-linking agents. Thus the phenomenon of "varnishing", so common with some of the oilbased
protective films will not occur with the Stabilant 22A(R) product.

DO NOT USE ON HEATED OR NON-HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS!

The reason Stabilant 22A(R) is not used on Oxygen sensors is that atmospheric air is referenced
through the wire. There may be a chance wicking can occur and block the outside air reference
giving inaccurate output to the ECU.

Where can I purchase Stabilant 22A(R)?

CARQUEST(R): Listed under Standard Motor Products(R) P/N: SL 5

NAPA(R): Listed under Echlin Line(R) P/N: CE 1

PARTS PLUS(R)/PEP BOYS(R)/O'REILLY's(R): Listed under the BORG/Warner(R) Products P/N:


CL 85 Also can be found under NEIHOFF(R): P/N CL 85
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: >
TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 > Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update > Page 2104
G.P. SORENSEN(R)/KGAGEN(R): Listed under P/N: LUB 5
For more information reguarding this product and its expanded application list please visit this
website:

http://www.stabilant.com/
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: >
TT2008112501 > Nov > 08 > Electrical - Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

Multiple Junction Connector: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Adjusting Electrical
Terminal Pin Tension
Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008112501

Date Tuesday, November 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Adjusting Electrical Therminal Pin Tension

- Description

Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

This artical provides clarification on proper procedure for adjusting electrical terminal pin tension.
Under no circumstances should the male terminal be twisted, these terminals must remain as
designed, the only pin tension that is being recommended is for the female terminals is where we
want to tighten the pin fit and have the proper alide resistance when completed.

All electrical terminals are in alignment and should never be twisted or angled in an attempt to
repair a connection concern.

This is an improper repair attempt and will be subject to warranty charge-back. Terminals are
twisted.

Depress the plastic locking tab and gently remove the terminal to be adjusted. When removed
adjust the metallic contact tang until proper slide ersistence
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: >
TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 > Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update

Multiple Junction Connector: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application
Update

Model All Model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2009032702

Date Friday, March 27, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Stabilant 22A - Application Upgrade

- Description

Stabilant 22A(R) - Application Update

Technicians may not be aware of the proper use of Stabilant 22A(R). The product should only be
applied to clean MALE terminals and wait several minutes for the evaporation of the alcohol before
mating the terminals together. To clean the male and female terminals before applying the
Stabilant 22A(R), electrical contact cleaner should be used for best results.

Often a sensor may malfunction with an error message on a diagnostic computer, this can occur
because of a faulty connection to the sensor. So the sensor is is replaced again for the same cause
and the error re-occurs. The removal of the dirt/grease must be performed with electrical contact
cleaner before applying Stabilant 22A(R).

Stabilant 22A(R) is an initially non-conductive block polymer that when used in a thin film with in
the contact switches to a conductive state under the effect of the electrical field. The field gradient
at which this occurs is set such that the material will remain non-conductive between adjacent
contacts in a multiple pin connector environment.

Thus, when applied to electromamechancial contacts, Stabilant 22A(R) provides the connection
reliability of a soldered joint without bonding the contacting surfaces together.

Contacts/terminals are generally the weakest link in any piece of electrical equipment whether it be
an electronic ignition module, automotive computer, electrical connectors, power door
locks/Windows, airbag connectors, or even headlights. The use of Stabilant(R) or its
isopropanol-diluted form Stabilant 22A(R), will make contacts from 10 to 100 times more reliable,
eliminating costly comebacks and ensuring customer satisfaction.

Normally, a film thickness of about 0.5 to 1 mils of the concentrate is more then enough. In other
words, you want just enough to fill up the minute gaps within the contacts. Where Stabilant 22A(R)
is used, be sure to allow for the evaporation of the alcohol which forms 4/5th's of it's volume. It has
been in use in field applications in excess of twelve years now without showing any signs of
reduced effectiveness. The material has a high molecular weight and a very low vapor pressure.

Thus is not prone to losses to evaporation. Unlike some other contact protection oils, Stabilant
22A(R) will not cross-link when exposed to certain material such as high sulfur (free-Maching)
brass alloys or in contact with elastomers containing ultra-accelerators, curing agents or other
cross-linking agents. Thus the phenomenon of "varnishing", so common with some of the oilbased
protective films will not occur with the Stabilant 22A(R) product.

DO NOT USE ON HEATED OR NON-HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS!

The reason Stabilant 22A(R) is not used on Oxygen sensors is that atmospheric air is referenced
through the wire. There may be a chance wicking can occur and block the outside air reference
giving inaccurate output to the ECU.

Where can I purchase Stabilant 22A(R)?

CARQUEST(R): Listed under Standard Motor Products(R) P/N: SL 5

NAPA(R): Listed under Echlin Line(R) P/N: CE 1

PARTS PLUS(R)/PEP BOYS(R)/O'REILLY's(R): Listed under the BORG/Warner(R) Products P/N:


CL 85 Also can be found under NEIHOFF(R): P/N CL 85
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: >
TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 > Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update > Page 2114
G.P. SORENSEN(R)/KGAGEN(R): Listed under P/N: LUB 5
For more information reguarding this product and its expanded application list please visit this
website:

http://www.stabilant.com/
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors

Multiple Junction Connector: Diagrams Harness Connectors

Control To Battery Harness Connection

CB21 Control To Battery Harness Connection

Control To Floor Harness Connection

CF11 Control To Floor Harness Connection

Floor To Driver Door Harness Connection


FD11 Floor To Driver Door Harness Connection

Floor To Driver Seat Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2117
FS01 Floor To Driver Seat Harness Connection

Floor To Passenger Door Harness Connection

FD21 Floor To Passenger Door Harness Connection

Floor To Passenger Seat Harness Connection

FS02 Floor To Passenger Seat Harness Connection

Floor To Rear Bumper Harness Connection

FR21 Floor To Rear Bumper Harness Connection

Floor To Rear Door LH Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2118
FD31 Floor To Rear Door LH Harness Connection

Floor To Rear Door RH Harness Connection

FD41 Floor To Rear Door RH Harness Connection

Floor To Tail Gate Harness Connection

FR11 Floor To Tail Gate Harness Connection

FR12 Floor To Tail Gate Harness Connection

Main To Consol EXT. Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2119
MM01 Main To Consol EXT. Harness Connection

Main To Control Harness Connection

MC11 Main To Control Harness Connection

MC21 Main To Control Harness Connection

MC31 Main To Control Harness Connection

MC41 Main To Control Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2120
MC51 Main To Control Harness Connection

Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF11 Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF21 Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF31 Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF41 Main To Floor Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2121
MF51 Main To Floor Harness Connection

Main To Fob EXT. Harness Connection

MM02 Main To Fob EXT. Harness Connection

Main To Roof Harness Connection

MR01 Main To Roof Harness Connection

Roof To Sunroof EXT. Harness Connection

RR01 Roof To Sunroof EXT. Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2122
Multiple Junction Connector: Diagrams Joint Connectors

Joint Connector

JC02 Joint Connector

Joint Connector (B/C-CAN)

JM01 Joint Connector (B/C-CAN)

Joint Connector (C-CAN)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector >
Component Information > Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2123
JC01 Joint Connector (C-CAN)

Joint Connector (ILL.)

JM02 Joint Connector (ILL.)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box

Relay Box: Locations PDM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 2129

Relay Box: Locations ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 2130
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay Box

Relay Box: Diagrams ICM Relay Box

M04 ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay Box > Page 2133

Relay Box: Diagrams PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-A PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-B PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2134
Relay Box: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2135
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2136
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2137
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2138
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2139
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2140
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2141
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and
Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2142
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Locations > PDM Relay Box

Relay Box: Locations PDM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 2147

Relay Box: Locations ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 2148
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > ICM Relay Box

Relay Box: Diagrams ICM Relay Box

M04 ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > ICM Relay Box > Page 2151

Relay Box: Diagrams PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-A PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-B PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2152
Relay Box: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2153
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2154
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2155
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2156
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2157
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2158
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2159
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information >
Diagrams > Page 2160
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions
Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2166
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2167
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2168
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2169
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2170
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2171
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2172

Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2173

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2174
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2175

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2176
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2177
Auxiliary Power Outlet: Connector Views

Front Power Outlet LH

M81 Front Power Outlet LH

Front Power Outlet RH

M83 Front Power Outlet RH

Rear Power Outlet

F17 Rear Power Outlet


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Diode > Component Information > Diagrams

Diode: Diagrams

Z01 Diode
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket

Fuse: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2009112001

Date Friday, November 20, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Fuse For Power Accessory Socket And Cigar Lighter Blown Due To The Use Of
Aftermarket Cellular Chargers Or Similar Plug In Devices

- Description

Fuse For Power Accessory Socket And Cigar Lighter Blown Due To The Use Of Aftermarket
Cellular Chargers Of Similar Plug In Devices

Customers should be advised against the use of some kinds of inexpensive aftermarket cell phone
chargers (or similar plug in devices) due to their use of a removable in-line fuse which causes
susceptibility to haveing small parts detach and short out across the receptacle terminal. If you
incounter a blown fuse for Power Accessory Socket and Cigar Lighter inquire with the customer as
to which brand of cell phone charger etc. they are currently using and advise them to discontinue
the use where applicable. Parching an approved cell phone charger from their cell phone carrier's
Online or retail store should correct this condition.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Electrical - Cell Chargers Blow Fuse to Accessory Socket > Page 2185

Fuse: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - New Fuse Design on All Vehicles

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2009060301

Date Wednesday, June 03, 2009

Area N.America

Subject All Kia Vehicles New Fuse Design

- Description

All Kia Vehicles

New Fuse Design

This Pitstop publication advises of the use of new fuse designs (for Kia). Some Kia vehicles have
begun to use lower profile fuses then what's been previously used. They currently are difficult to
find outside of O.E.M. parts suppliers. The fuses are industry categorized as Low Profile Fuses,
and come in various types and amperage ratings.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2186
Fuse: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2187
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2188
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2189
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2190
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2191
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2192
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2193
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2194
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2195
Fuse: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2196
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2197
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2198
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2199
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2200
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Page 2201
ERROR: undefined

OFFENDING COMMAND: f‘~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Grounding Point > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Engine Controls - Powertrain Grounds
Grounding Point: Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Powertrain Grounds

Model All Model

Group Fuel System(14)

Number KT2009083101

Date Monday, August 31, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Powertrain Grounds

- Description

Powertrain Grounds

Upon encountering powertrain DTC's, check that the powertrain main ground is good before
attempting any repairs.

When diagnosing any "P" or "C" Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in which normal diagnostic steps
do not quickly reveal the problem, check that the powertrain assembly is properly grounded to the
body/chassis/battery.

Powertrain assemblies all have at least one ground to body/chassis/battery and in some cases
more. A poorly grounded powertrain assembly does not necessarily produce a "string" of DTC's;
check the connections even if you only retrieve one or two DTC's. Not identifying the poor ground
can (and does) lead to many hours being spent and parts being replaced unneccessarily.

Be aware that a quick voltage drop check between the powertrain and body/chassis/battery while
at engine idle or in the shop under low load conditions may not reveal this concern. Powertrain
ground requirements increase linearly (and substantially) with higher RPM/load conditions. It may
be necessary to drive the vehicle under similar RPM/load conditions as when the code set while
taking voltage drop recordings with a "min/max" capable digital volt meter.

Any indications of poorly grounded powertrain assembly should be investigated and corrected prior
to performing any further in-depth repairs.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > TT2008112501 > Nov > 08 > Electrical - Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin
Tension

Multiple Junction Connector: Customer Interest Electrical - Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin
Tension
Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008112501

Date Tuesday, November 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Adjusting Electrical Therminal Pin Tension

- Description

Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

This artical provides clarification on proper procedure for adjusting electrical terminal pin tension.
Under no circumstances should the male terminal be twisted, these terminals must remain as
designed, the only pin tension that is being recommended is for the female terminals is where we
want to tighten the pin fit and have the proper alide resistance when completed.

All electrical terminals are in alignment and should never be twisted or angled in an attempt to
repair a connection concern.

This is an improper repair attempt and will be subject to warranty charge-back. Terminals are
twisted.

Depress the plastic locking tab and gently remove the terminal to be adjusted. When removed
adjust the metallic contact tang until proper slide ersistence
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: > TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 >
Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update

Multiple Junction Connector: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application
Update

Model All Model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2009032702

Date Friday, March 27, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Stabilant 22A - Application Upgrade

- Description

Stabilant 22A(R) - Application Update

Technicians may not be aware of the proper use of Stabilant 22A(R). The product should only be
applied to clean MALE terminals and wait several minutes for the evaporation of the alcohol before
mating the terminals together. To clean the male and female terminals before applying the
Stabilant 22A(R), electrical contact cleaner should be used for best results.

Often a sensor may malfunction with an error message on a diagnostic computer, this can occur
because of a faulty connection to the sensor. So the sensor is is replaced again for the same cause
and the error re-occurs. The removal of the dirt/grease must be performed with electrical contact
cleaner before applying Stabilant 22A(R).

Stabilant 22A(R) is an initially non-conductive block polymer that when used in a thin film with in
the contact switches to a conductive state under the effect of the electrical field. The field gradient
at which this occurs is set such that the material will remain non-conductive between adjacent
contacts in a multiple pin connector environment.

Thus, when applied to electromamechancial contacts, Stabilant 22A(R) provides the connection
reliability of a soldered joint without bonding the contacting surfaces together.

Contacts/terminals are generally the weakest link in any piece of electrical equipment whether it be
an electronic ignition module, automotive computer, electrical connectors, power door
locks/Windows, airbag connectors, or even headlights. The use of Stabilant(R) or its
isopropanol-diluted form Stabilant 22A(R), will make contacts from 10 to 100 times more reliable,
eliminating costly comebacks and ensuring customer satisfaction.

Normally, a film thickness of about 0.5 to 1 mils of the concentrate is more then enough. In other
words, you want just enough to fill up the minute gaps within the contacts. Where Stabilant 22A(R)
is used, be sure to allow for the evaporation of the alcohol which forms 4/5th's of it's volume. It has
been in use in field applications in excess of twelve years now without showing any signs of
reduced effectiveness. The material has a high molecular weight and a very low vapor pressure.

Thus is not prone to losses to evaporation. Unlike some other contact protection oils, Stabilant
22A(R) will not cross-link when exposed to certain material such as high sulfur (free-Maching)
brass alloys or in contact with elastomers containing ultra-accelerators, curing agents or other
cross-linking agents. Thus the phenomenon of "varnishing", so common with some of the oilbased
protective films will not occur with the Stabilant 22A(R) product.

DO NOT USE ON HEATED OR NON-HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS!

The reason Stabilant 22A(R) is not used on Oxygen sensors is that atmospheric air is referenced
through the wire. There may be a chance wicking can occur and block the outside air reference
giving inaccurate output to the ECU.

Where can I purchase Stabilant 22A(R)?

CARQUEST(R): Listed under Standard Motor Products(R) P/N: SL 5

NAPA(R): Listed under Echlin Line(R) P/N: CE 1

PARTS PLUS(R)/PEP BOYS(R)/O'REILLY's(R): Listed under the BORG/Warner(R) Products P/N:


CL 85 Also can be found under NEIHOFF(R): P/N CL 85
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: > TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 >
Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update > Page 2219
G.P. SORENSEN(R)/KGAGEN(R): Listed under P/N: LUB 5
For more information reguarding this product and its expanded application list please visit this
website:

http://www.stabilant.com/
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: > TT2008112501 > Nov > 08 >
Electrical - Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

Multiple Junction Connector: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Adjusting Electrical
Terminal Pin Tension
Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008112501

Date Tuesday, November 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Adjusting Electrical Therminal Pin Tension

- Description

Adjusting Electrical Terminal Pin Tension

This artical provides clarification on proper procedure for adjusting electrical terminal pin tension.
Under no circumstances should the male terminal be twisted, these terminals must remain as
designed, the only pin tension that is being recommended is for the female terminals is where we
want to tighten the pin fit and have the proper alide resistance when completed.

All electrical terminals are in alignment and should never be twisted or angled in an attempt to
repair a connection concern.

This is an improper repair attempt and will be subject to warranty charge-back. Terminals are
twisted.

Depress the plastic locking tab and gently remove the terminal to be adjusted. When removed
adjust the metallic contact tang until proper slide ersistence
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: > TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 >
Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update

Multiple Junction Connector: All Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application
Update

Model All Model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2009032702

Date Friday, March 27, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Stabilant 22A - Application Upgrade

- Description

Stabilant 22A(R) - Application Update

Technicians may not be aware of the proper use of Stabilant 22A(R). The product should only be
applied to clean MALE terminals and wait several minutes for the evaporation of the alcohol before
mating the terminals together. To clean the male and female terminals before applying the
Stabilant 22A(R), electrical contact cleaner should be used for best results.

Often a sensor may malfunction with an error message on a diagnostic computer, this can occur
because of a faulty connection to the sensor. So the sensor is is replaced again for the same cause
and the error re-occurs. The removal of the dirt/grease must be performed with electrical contact
cleaner before applying Stabilant 22A(R).

Stabilant 22A(R) is an initially non-conductive block polymer that when used in a thin film with in
the contact switches to a conductive state under the effect of the electrical field. The field gradient
at which this occurs is set such that the material will remain non-conductive between adjacent
contacts in a multiple pin connector environment.

Thus, when applied to electromamechancial contacts, Stabilant 22A(R) provides the connection
reliability of a soldered joint without bonding the contacting surfaces together.

Contacts/terminals are generally the weakest link in any piece of electrical equipment whether it be
an electronic ignition module, automotive computer, electrical connectors, power door
locks/Windows, airbag connectors, or even headlights. The use of Stabilant(R) or its
isopropanol-diluted form Stabilant 22A(R), will make contacts from 10 to 100 times more reliable,
eliminating costly comebacks and ensuring customer satisfaction.

Normally, a film thickness of about 0.5 to 1 mils of the concentrate is more then enough. In other
words, you want just enough to fill up the minute gaps within the contacts. Where Stabilant 22A(R)
is used, be sure to allow for the evaporation of the alcohol which forms 4/5th's of it's volume. It has
been in use in field applications in excess of twelve years now without showing any signs of
reduced effectiveness. The material has a high molecular weight and a very low vapor pressure.

Thus is not prone to losses to evaporation. Unlike some other contact protection oils, Stabilant
22A(R) will not cross-link when exposed to certain material such as high sulfur (free-Maching)
brass alloys or in contact with elastomers containing ultra-accelerators, curing agents or other
cross-linking agents. Thus the phenomenon of "varnishing", so common with some of the oilbased
protective films will not occur with the Stabilant 22A(R) product.

DO NOT USE ON HEATED OR NON-HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS!

The reason Stabilant 22A(R) is not used on Oxygen sensors is that atmospheric air is referenced
through the wire. There may be a chance wicking can occur and block the outside air reference
giving inaccurate output to the ECU.

Where can I purchase Stabilant 22A(R)?

CARQUEST(R): Listed under Standard Motor Products(R) P/N: SL 5

NAPA(R): Listed under Echlin Line(R) P/N: CE 1

PARTS PLUS(R)/PEP BOYS(R)/O'REILLY's(R): Listed under the BORG/Warner(R) Products P/N:


CL 85 Also can be found under NEIHOFF(R): P/N CL 85
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Multiple Junction Connector: > TT2009032702 > Mar > 09 >
Electrical - Stabilant 22A - Application Update > Page 2229
G.P. SORENSEN(R)/KGAGEN(R): Listed under P/N: LUB 5
For more information reguarding this product and its expanded application list please visit this
website:

http://www.stabilant.com/
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors

Multiple Junction Connector: Diagrams Harness Connectors

Control To Battery Harness Connection

CB21 Control To Battery Harness Connection

Control To Floor Harness Connection

CF11 Control To Floor Harness Connection

Floor To Driver Door Harness Connection


FD11 Floor To Driver Door Harness Connection

Floor To Driver Seat Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2232
FS01 Floor To Driver Seat Harness Connection

Floor To Passenger Door Harness Connection

FD21 Floor To Passenger Door Harness Connection

Floor To Passenger Seat Harness Connection

FS02 Floor To Passenger Seat Harness Connection

Floor To Rear Bumper Harness Connection

FR21 Floor To Rear Bumper Harness Connection

Floor To Rear Door LH Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2233
FD31 Floor To Rear Door LH Harness Connection

Floor To Rear Door RH Harness Connection

FD41 Floor To Rear Door RH Harness Connection

Floor To Tail Gate Harness Connection

FR11 Floor To Tail Gate Harness Connection

FR12 Floor To Tail Gate Harness Connection

Main To Consol EXT. Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2234
MM01 Main To Consol EXT. Harness Connection

Main To Control Harness Connection

MC11 Main To Control Harness Connection

MC21 Main To Control Harness Connection

MC31 Main To Control Harness Connection

MC41 Main To Control Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2235
MC51 Main To Control Harness Connection

Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF11 Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF21 Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF31 Main To Floor Harness Connection

MF41 Main To Floor Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2236
MF51 Main To Floor Harness Connection

Main To Fob EXT. Harness Connection

MM02 Main To Fob EXT. Harness Connection

Main To Roof Harness Connection

MR01 Main To Roof Harness Connection

Roof To Sunroof EXT. Harness Connection

RR01 Roof To Sunroof EXT. Harness Connection


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2237
Multiple Junction Connector: Diagrams Joint Connectors

Joint Connector

JC02 Joint Connector

Joint Connector (B/C-CAN)

JM01 Joint Connector (B/C-CAN)

Joint Connector (C-CAN)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information >
Diagrams > Harness Connectors > Page 2238
JC01 Joint Connector (C-CAN)

Joint Connector (ILL.)

JM02 Joint Connector (ILL.)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box

Relay Box: Locations PDM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 2244

Relay Box: Locations ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay Box > Page 2245
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay Box

Relay Box: Diagrams ICM Relay Box

M04 ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay Box > Page 2248

Relay Box: Diagrams PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-A PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-B PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2249
Relay Box: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2250
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2251
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2252
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2253
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2254
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2255
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2256
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay
Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2257
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay
Box

Relay Box: Locations PDM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay
Box > Page 2262

Relay Box: Locations ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > PDM Relay
Box > Page 2263
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay
Box

Relay Box: Diagrams ICM Relay Box

M04 ICM Relay Box


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > ICM Relay
Box > Page 2266

Relay Box: Diagrams PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-A PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)

M51-B PDM Relay Box (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2267
Relay Box: Application and ID

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2268
I/P Junction Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2269
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2270
E/R Fuse & Relay Box Circuit Details
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2271
EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2272
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2273
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2274
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2275
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics
Alignment: Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics

GROUP Chassis

NUMBER 032

MODEL ALL

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT:

DRIFT / PULL DIAGNOSIS AND BEST PRACTICES TIPS

This bulletin provides 2011 model year alignment specifications as well as diagnosis and best
practices tips.

This TSB contains the following sections:

1. New Model Specifications

2. Alignment Basics

3. How to Determine Vehicle Drift or Pull

4. Alignment Rack Tips

5. Road Force Balance Tips

6. Wheel Balance Form (New)

IMPORTANT:

^ Before and after alignment print outs are required to be submitted with all vehicle drift or pull
warranty alignment claims.

^ Before performing an alignment, check to ensure all tires are set to the specified pressure.

^ Ensure the vehicle is carrying a typical load (not heavily loaded, which will alter alignment once
the load is removed or changed).

^ Optima (IF), Sportage (SL) and Forte (ID) vehicles are equipped with electric power steering
(MDPS - Motor Driven Power Steering). Perform an absolute steering position (ASP) calibration
using GDS after the alignment is completed.

^ Refer to the following alignment specifications or KGIS for 2011 model year specifications.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2281
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2282
Alignment Specifications:

CAMBER:

Camber is the inclination of the centerline of the wheel from the vertical as viewed from the front of
the vehicle. The camber angle will affect the wear on the inner or outer edge of the tire.

Positive camber is the outward tilt of the top of the tire.

Negative camber is the inward tilt of the top of the tire.

A tire with positive camber can influence the vehicle with a directional pull. The vehicle will go
towards the side that has the tire with the most positive
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2283
camber.

CASTER:

Caster is the angle between an imaginary line drawn through the upper and lower steering pivots
and a line perpendicular to the road surface (viewed from side of vehicle).

If the top of the line tilts rearward, the vehicle is said to have "POSITIVE" caster.

If the top of the line tilts forward, the vehicle is said to have "NEGATIVE" caster.

Caster will not cause tire wear unless extreme maladjustment or worn parts are involved.

TOE:

Toe is the difference between the leading edge (or front) and trailing edge (or rear) of the tires.
Toe-in is the measurement in fractions of an inch millimeters or decimal of degrees that the tires
are closer together in the front than they are in the back.

Toe-out is the same measurement, except the tires are further apart in the front than in the rear.

FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE VEHICLE DRIFT OR PULL

Vehicle drift or pull can be attributed to several factors. Understanding what can affect it is
imperative for anyone repairing a vehicle with a drift or pull condition. Most of these factors are
directly measureable using tools commonly found in any repair shop like tire pressure gauges,
alignment racks, and wheel balancers.

1. Air pressure - Low or uneven tire pressure can cause a vehicle to drift or pull towards that tire
with the lowest pressure. Remember that cold tires

register slightly lower pressure than tires that are warm from usage. Ensure that all tires are
correctly inflated.

2. Alignment
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2284

a. Camber - A vehicle will drift or pull towards the side with more positive front camber. Camber
difference between the front tires greater than 0.5

degrees can lead to a drift pull concern.

b. Caster - A vehicle will drift or pull towards the side with the least positive caster.

c. Steering Axis Inclination (SAI) - The angle formed by the line drawn through the steering pivot
axis and a line at true vertical when viewed from

the front of the vehicle. SAI is designed into a vehicle's suspension and aids straight-line stability.
This angle can be measured by the alignment machine. For Hunter units, it is measured during the
caster sweep process. It is useful for checking for damaged components when the SAI difference
between left and right sides is more than 1 degree. If SAI is lower on one side of the vehicle it may
indicate a bent lower control arm. If SAI is higher on one side of the vehicle it may indicate damage
to the upper strut mount.

d. Thrust angle - This is the direction the rear axle is pointing as a result of the rear toe angles and
results in the steering wheel being off-center. To

avoid this situation, rear camber and toe should be adjusted before the front when performing a
four wheel alignment. After the rear is set, center the steering wheel, lock it in place, then adjust the
front camber, caster, and toe (if applicable).

3. Tires - Tires can have significant effect on vehicle drift or pull for the following reasons:
a. Ply steer - Ply steer is an inherent characteristic in a tire which results in a lateral force as the tire
rolls. Rotating the tires from side to side may aid

in cancelling out the effects of ply steer and can aid in diagnosing a ply steer concern.

b. Conicity - Tire conicity refers to the shape of the tire and how cone shaped it is. This can
influence vehicle drift or pull. Conicity can be present in

a new tire due to manufacturing, or in a used tire due to camber wear. Rotating tires may reduce a
vehicle pull concern due to tire conicity.

4. Road Crown - Road Crown is the slope of a road surface to ensure proper drainage. Excessive
Road Crown can cause a vehicle to drift to the low

side of the crown.

5. Cross Wind - Excessive cross winds can cause a vehicle to pull or drift. If the Winds are
excessive it can skew the test results.

Other issues can cause vehicle drift or pull, such as brake drag, spring sag resulting in ride height
differences, cargo load/weight distribution, and more. It is important to consider all potential effects
when diagnosing and confirming a vehicle drift or pull condition. Understanding the factors that
affect vehicle drift or pull can help to determine the root cause.

HOW TO DETERMINE VEHICLE DRIFT OR PULL

To confirm a vehicle drift or pull, use the following procedure:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2285

1. Before test driving, verify that all tires are OE, correctly installed (directional tires) and set to the
correct inflation pressure.

2. Locate an acceptable road for testing which meets these criteria

3. Two passes should be made to validate the concern at different speeds. Approach the test road
section and drive through at 40 and at 50 MPH.

Center the steering wheel, then slightly turn (~3 degrees) steering wheel to the left and to the right
to get a feel for centeredness. Hold the steering wheel with a light touch on center.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2286

4. Note the direction towards which the vehicle has a tendency to drift or pull. If the vehicle tends to
go left, place the vehicle on the right side of the
lane. If the vehicle tends to go right, place the vehicle on the left side of lane, as shown.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2287
5. Take two time measurements. First, time how long it takes for the vehicle to move from one
edge to the other edge (case 1), as shown. Second, time

how long it takes for the vehicle to move across one complete lane (case 2), as shown. Use the
conditions in the table below to confirm drifting or pulling condition.

ALIGNMENT RACK TIPS

Aligner Calibration/Maintenance Schedule - It is recommended that all dealer alignment racks be


calibrated by a manufacturer's representative every 6 months. This allows the representative to
update vehicle specs and inspect and maintain equipment.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2288
Rolling Compensation - The rolling compensation procedure is critical to ensuring an accurate
alignment. When performing the rolling compensation, be sure to do the following:

1. Set tire pressure to factory specification.

2. Ensure the lift is level so vehicle's suspension and steering are in a neutral position.

3. Set the target levels before rolling compensation. After completing the compensation, do not
re-level the targets.

4. Roll the vehicle by turning the left rear tire. This will not disturb the vehicle's suspension and
steering systems. Do not roll the vehicle by pushing or

pulling on body parts, bumpers, etc.

5. Ensure the pins are in the slip plates, and the Turnplate Bridge is flush with the rolling surface to
minimize the vehicle's suspension movement.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2289
Slip Plates - The slip plates of a Hunter alignment rack are designed to move smoothly and freely
to provide accurate measurements. Before pulling a vehicle onto the rack, check that they move
freely and do not bind. Periodically clean the area underneath the slip plates by blowing
compressed air through to remove any debris. If this does not free a binding plate, contact your
local Hunter representative for cleaning and lubrication recommendations.

StraightTrak LFM feature (Road Force Balance) - StraightTrak (Road Force Balance) is an optional
feature for Hunter's GSP9700 wheel balancer. This feature measures lateral force of a tire due to
ply steer, conicity, and other issues which may contribute to vehicle drift or pull. This can be a
useful tool for vehicles with multiple conditions.

Use StraightTrak (Road Force Balance) to arrange the 4 wheel/tire assemblies of a vehicle in a
configuration which will result in the lowest drifting or pulling force by doing the following:

1. Remove all wheel/tire assemblies from the vehicle.

2. Balance the front left assembly on the Hunter GSP97OO with StraightTrak feature. An icon
located in the lower right corner will show whether or

not StraightTrak is enabled.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2290

3. After balancing, press the tire tag button to assign a number to that assembly. Label the
assembly accordingly with a tag or chalk mark.

4. Continue to balance and tag all four assemblies. After all are completed, the screen will show
how different placement positioning of the assemblies

will affect vehicle drift or pull or vibration. Select "Show Least Pull."

5. The arrow on the top of the screen indicates how much drift or pulling force exists with the tires
in that configuration. Install the wheel/tire

assemblies to those positions on the vehicle to achieve the least amount of tire-induced drift or pull.

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

Normal warranty applies.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2291
For all vehicle drift or pull complaints and/or alignment warranty claims, the alignment print out
showing before and after measurements must be attached to the repair order.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and
Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Steering Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and
Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2297

Steering Control Module: Diagrams

M17-A EPS Control Module

M17-B EPS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and
Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and
Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2302

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2309
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet
^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2310

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2311

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and
Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor
System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2312

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers


^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not Recommended

Power Steering Fluid: Technical Service Bulletins Engine/A/T - Flushing Systems Not
Recommended

Model All model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008082501

Date Monday, August 25, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Flush System Information

- Description

Vehicles produced by Kia Motors Corporation do not require the Engine, Transmission, "Power
Steering and Cooling System to be power flushed. Kia vehicles are designed to give thousands of
miles of trouble free service if all recommended maintenance intervals are followed by the
customer with a simple drain and refill. The use of fluid flush exchangers is not required nor
recommended by Kia.

Listed are a few disadvantages of power flush machines:

^ Flush systems add unnecessary maintenance expense not required by the manufacture to
maintain the warranty.

^ Flush systems can contaminate the lubrication system

^ Cross contamination is not covered by warranty

^ Flush systems can leave behind solvents and residue which can degrade the new replaced
lubricant, also can degrade the seals and gaskets

^ Flush systems have not proved longer durability results


^ Kia vehicles require special lubricants, unless each machine is truly dedicated to each specific
lubricant they should not be used for regular service

intervals.

* Kia does recommend flushing the oil cooler during A/T replacement, refer to the appropriate
Transmission TSB.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2319
Power Steering Fluid: Specifications

The EPS (Electric Power Steering) system uses an electric motor to assist the steering force and is
an engine operation independent steering system requiring no fluid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Steering/Suspension - Power Steering Oil Pump Noise

Power Steering Pump: Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Power Steering Oil Pump
Noise

Model All Model

Group Steering System(61)

Number KT2008092301

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Power Steering Oil Pump Whine Noise - All models

- Description

Power Steering Oil Pump Whine Noise - All Models

When replacing a power steering oil pump or inspecting a vehicle for a customer concern with
power steering whine noise, inspect the filter screen in the power steering reservoir for
contamination. If the filter screen has debris the fluid will be restricted from supplying the power
steering pump[ and may cause the fluid to aerate and cause a whine noise.

If debris or dirt is found in the reservoir filter screen, the reservoir should be replaced.

Tech TIP: It may be necessary to empty the power steering reservoir to properly inspect the filter
screen for contamination.
^ PSF-III is not available through Kia Chemicals: Use a high quality power steering fluid like
Valvoline(R) or equivalent, DO NOT use ATF in place of

power steering fluid.

^ Some models use PSF-4 which is available through PDC.

Always use the correct recommended fluids as required!


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Steering Control Module > Component
Information > Locations

Steering Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Steering Control Module > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2327

Steering Control Module: Diagrams

M17-A EPS Control Module

M17-B EPS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module
> Component Information > Locations

Steering Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module
> Component Information > Locations > Page 2332

Steering Control Module: Diagrams

M17-A EPS Control Module

M17-B EPS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Mounted Controls Assembly > Component
Information > Locations

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Mounted Controls Assembly > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2336

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Diagrams

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics
Suspension: Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics

GROUP Chassis

NUMBER 032

MODEL ALL

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT:

DRIFT / PULL DIAGNOSIS AND BEST PRACTICES TIPS

This bulletin provides 2011 model year alignment specifications as well as diagnosis and best
practices tips.

This TSB contains the following sections:

1. New Model Specifications

2. Alignment Basics

3. How to Determine Vehicle Drift or Pull

4. Alignment Rack Tips

5. Road Force Balance Tips

6. Wheel Balance Form (New)

IMPORTANT:

^ Before and after alignment print outs are required to be submitted with all vehicle drift or pull
warranty alignment claims.

^ Before performing an alignment, check to ensure all tires are set to the specified pressure.

^ Ensure the vehicle is carrying a typical load (not heavily loaded, which will alter alignment once
the load is removed or changed).

^ Optima (IF), Sportage (SL) and Forte (ID) vehicles are equipped with electric power steering
(MDPS - Motor Driven Power Steering). Perform an absolute steering position (ASP) calibration
using GDS after the alignment is completed.

^ Refer to the following alignment specifications or KGIS for 2011 model year specifications.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2341
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2342
Alignment Specifications:

CAMBER:

Camber is the inclination of the centerline of the wheel from the vertical as viewed from the front of
the vehicle. The camber angle will affect the wear on the inner or outer edge of the tire.

Positive camber is the outward tilt of the top of the tire.

Negative camber is the inward tilt of the top of the tire.

A tire with positive camber can influence the vehicle with a directional pull. The vehicle will go
towards the side that has the tire with the most positive
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2343
camber.

CASTER:

Caster is the angle between an imaginary line drawn through the upper and lower steering pivots
and a line perpendicular to the road surface (viewed from side of vehicle).

If the top of the line tilts rearward, the vehicle is said to have "POSITIVE" caster.

If the top of the line tilts forward, the vehicle is said to have "NEGATIVE" caster.

Caster will not cause tire wear unless extreme maladjustment or worn parts are involved.

TOE:

Toe is the difference between the leading edge (or front) and trailing edge (or rear) of the tires.
Toe-in is the measurement in fractions of an inch millimeters or decimal of degrees that the tires
are closer together in the front than they are in the back.

Toe-out is the same measurement, except the tires are further apart in the front than in the rear.

FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE VEHICLE DRIFT OR PULL

Vehicle drift or pull can be attributed to several factors. Understanding what can affect it is
imperative for anyone repairing a vehicle with a drift or pull condition. Most of these factors are
directly measureable using tools commonly found in any repair shop like tire pressure gauges,
alignment racks, and wheel balancers.

1. Air pressure - Low or uneven tire pressure can cause a vehicle to drift or pull towards that tire
with the lowest pressure. Remember that cold tires

register slightly lower pressure than tires that are warm from usage. Ensure that all tires are
correctly inflated.

2. Alignment
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2344

a. Camber - A vehicle will drift or pull towards the side with more positive front camber. Camber
difference between the front tires greater than 0.5

degrees can lead to a drift pull concern.

b. Caster - A vehicle will drift or pull towards the side with the least positive caster.

c. Steering Axis Inclination (SAI) - The angle formed by the line drawn through the steering pivot
axis and a line at true vertical when viewed from

the front of the vehicle. SAI is designed into a vehicle's suspension and aids straight-line stability.
This angle can be measured by the alignment machine. For Hunter units, it is measured during the
caster sweep process. It is useful for checking for damaged components when the SAI difference
between left and right sides is more than 1 degree. If SAI is lower on one side of the vehicle it may
indicate a bent lower control arm. If SAI is higher on one side of the vehicle it may indicate damage
to the upper strut mount.

d. Thrust angle - This is the direction the rear axle is pointing as a result of the rear toe angles and
results in the steering wheel being off-center. To

avoid this situation, rear camber and toe should be adjusted before the front when performing a
four wheel alignment. After the rear is set, center the steering wheel, lock it in place, then adjust the
front camber, caster, and toe (if applicable).

3. Tires - Tires can have significant effect on vehicle drift or pull for the following reasons:
a. Ply steer - Ply steer is an inherent characteristic in a tire which results in a lateral force as the tire
rolls. Rotating the tires from side to side may aid

in cancelling out the effects of ply steer and can aid in diagnosing a ply steer concern.

b. Conicity - Tire conicity refers to the shape of the tire and how cone shaped it is. This can
influence vehicle drift or pull. Conicity can be present in

a new tire due to manufacturing, or in a used tire due to camber wear. Rotating tires may reduce a
vehicle pull concern due to tire conicity.

4. Road Crown - Road Crown is the slope of a road surface to ensure proper drainage. Excessive
Road Crown can cause a vehicle to drift to the low

side of the crown.

5. Cross Wind - Excessive cross winds can cause a vehicle to pull or drift. If the Winds are
excessive it can skew the test results.

Other issues can cause vehicle drift or pull, such as brake drag, spring sag resulting in ride height
differences, cargo load/weight distribution, and more. It is important to consider all potential effects
when diagnosing and confirming a vehicle drift or pull condition. Understanding the factors that
affect vehicle drift or pull can help to determine the root cause.

HOW TO DETERMINE VEHICLE DRIFT OR PULL

To confirm a vehicle drift or pull, use the following procedure:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2345

1. Before test driving, verify that all tires are OE, correctly installed (directional tires) and set to the
correct inflation pressure.

2. Locate an acceptable road for testing which meets these criteria

3. Two passes should be made to validate the concern at different speeds. Approach the test road
section and drive through at 40 and at 50 MPH.

Center the steering wheel, then slightly turn (~3 degrees) steering wheel to the left and to the right
to get a feel for centeredness. Hold the steering wheel with a light touch on center.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2346

4. Note the direction towards which the vehicle has a tendency to drift or pull. If the vehicle tends to
go left, place the vehicle on the right side of the
lane. If the vehicle tends to go right, place the vehicle on the left side of lane, as shown.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2347
5. Take two time measurements. First, time how long it takes for the vehicle to move from one
edge to the other edge (case 1), as shown. Second, time

how long it takes for the vehicle to move across one complete lane (case 2), as shown. Use the
conditions in the table below to confirm drifting or pulling condition.

ALIGNMENT RACK TIPS

Aligner Calibration/Maintenance Schedule - It is recommended that all dealer alignment racks be


calibrated by a manufacturer's representative every 6 months. This allows the representative to
update vehicle specs and inspect and maintain equipment.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2348
Rolling Compensation - The rolling compensation procedure is critical to ensuring an accurate
alignment. When performing the rolling compensation, be sure to do the following:

1. Set tire pressure to factory specification.

2. Ensure the lift is level so vehicle's suspension and steering are in a neutral position.

3. Set the target levels before rolling compensation. After completing the compensation, do not
re-level the targets.

4. Roll the vehicle by turning the left rear tire. This will not disturb the vehicle's suspension and
steering systems. Do not roll the vehicle by pushing or

pulling on body parts, bumpers, etc.

5. Ensure the pins are in the slip plates, and the Turnplate Bridge is flush with the rolling surface to
minimize the vehicle's suspension movement.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2349
Slip Plates - The slip plates of a Hunter alignment rack are designed to move smoothly and freely
to provide accurate measurements. Before pulling a vehicle onto the rack, check that they move
freely and do not bind. Periodically clean the area underneath the slip plates by blowing
compressed air through to remove any debris. If this does not free a binding plate, contact your
local Hunter representative for cleaning and lubrication recommendations.

StraightTrak LFM feature (Road Force Balance) - StraightTrak (Road Force Balance) is an optional
feature for Hunter's GSP9700 wheel balancer. This feature measures lateral force of a tire due to
ply steer, conicity, and other issues which may contribute to vehicle drift or pull. This can be a
useful tool for vehicles with multiple conditions.

Use StraightTrak (Road Force Balance) to arrange the 4 wheel/tire assemblies of a vehicle in a
configuration which will result in the lowest drifting or pulling force by doing the following:

1. Remove all wheel/tire assemblies from the vehicle.

2. Balance the front left assembly on the Hunter GSP97OO with StraightTrak feature. An icon
located in the lower right corner will show whether or

not StraightTrak is enabled.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2350

3. After balancing, press the tire tag button to assign a number to that assembly. Label the
assembly accordingly with a tag or chalk mark.

4. Continue to balance and tag all four assemblies. After all are completed, the screen will show
how different placement positioning of the assemblies

will affect vehicle drift or pull or vibration. Select "Show Least Pull."

5. The arrow on the top of the screen indicates how much drift or pulling force exists with the tires
in that configuration. Install the wheel/tire

assemblies to those positions on the vehicle to achieve the least amount of tire-induced drift or pull.

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:

Normal warranty applies.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Steering/Suspension - Alignment Specs/Pull Diagnostics > Page 2351
For all vehicle drift or pull complaints and/or alignment warranty claims, the alignment print out
showing before and after measurements must be attached to the repair order.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2357

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS > Page 2363
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet
^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS > Page 2364

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS > Page 2365

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire
Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS > Page 2366

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers


^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure
Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure Warning Lamp
On

Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure
Warning Lamp On

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2009021301

Date Friday, February 13, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Handling Customer Complaints of TPMS Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

- Description

A recent review of warranty claim data has indicated that many dealers are writing repair orders
and entering unnecessary claims related to normal TPMS system operation. The Tire Pressure
Monitoring System was developed as an important safety feature to alert customers to low air
pressure in one or more of their tires, prompting them to check and adjust their tire pressure at the
nearest service station or other similar facility. Occasionally, due to a customer's lack of familiarity
with the TPMS system and a conditioned response to bring the vehicle in to their serviceing dealer
for any warning lamp concern, you may be presented with a vehicle which has the Tread Lamp
illuminated due to low tire pressure on a normally operating TPMS system. Service advisers and
other dealership personal should screen for all such types of customer complaints and not begin
writing a repair order due to a low tire pressure warning lamp (Tread Lamp) in the absence of any
TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp (TPMS Lamp) illuminated. Assist the customer in checking and
adding air to the tires as necessary during their first visit for the low air pressure light on and
provide them with a copy of the tri-fold Kia TPMS Brochure P/N UN050-KU-001.

A warranty claim should not be filed for any complaint related to low tire pressure and may result in
a debit being applied to your dealership during the normal claims review process.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module >
Component Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2375

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2380
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2381

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2382

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page 2383

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices


^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Mode Actuator

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Mode Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Mode Actuator > Page 2390

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Intake Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Mode Actuator > Page 2391

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Driver Temperature Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Mode Actuator > Page 2392

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Passenger Temperature Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Temperature Actuator

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams Driver Temperature Actuator

M65 Driver Temperature Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Temperature Actuator > Page 2395

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams Intake Actuator

M07 Intake Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Temperature Actuator > Page 2396

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams Mode Actuator

M11 Mode Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Temperature Actuator > Page 2397

Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams Passenger Temperature Actuator

M63 Passenger Temperature Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component
Information > Locations

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2401

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Diagrams

CHG02 Ambient Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations

Blower Motor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2405

Blower Motor: Diagrams

M01 Blower Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations

Blower Motor Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page
2409
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page
2410
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page
2411

Blower Motor Relay: Diagrams

CHG102 Blower Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Resistor > Component Information > Locations

Blower Motor Resistor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Resistor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Blower Resistor (Manual A/C)

Blower Motor Resistor: Diagrams Blower Resistor (Manual A/C)

M49 Blower Resistor (Manual A/C)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Resistor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Blower Resistor (Manual A/C) > Page 2417

Blower Motor Resistor: Diagrams FET (Field Effect Transistor) (Auto A/C)

M14 FET (Field Effect Transistor) (Auto A/C)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Recalls for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C Compressor Noise/Leaks

Compressor HVAC: Recalls Campaign SA062 - A/C Compressor Noise/Leaks

GROUP Climate

NUMBER 015

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE October 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM INSPECTION (SA062)

This bulletin provides information relating to potential air conditioning compressor noises or leaks
on some 2011 Model Year Sportage (SL) vehicles produced from May 2010 (start of 2011 MY
production) - July 30, 2010 and in dealer stock at the time of TSB release. A visual inspection will
be required to ensure there are no A/C compressor PAG oil leaks Follow the procedure outlined
below to check the climate control system for proper operation and any abnormal noises. Kia is
requesting the completion of this Service Action on all affected 2011 MY Sportages in dealer stock
prior to delivery.

NOTICE

This bulletin offers only the inspection procedure. if a defect in the climate control system is
defective after performing the inspection procedure outlined in this bulletin, repair (replace) the
defective component.

NOTICE

A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCs (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > Not Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select report).
The issue number is SA062.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Recalls for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C Compressor Noise/Leaks > Page
2426
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Recalls for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C Compressor Noise/Leaks > Page
2427
Climate Control Inspection Procedure
AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Recalls for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C Compressor Noise/Leaks > Page
2428
VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA062 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C
Compressor Noise/Leaks

Compressor HVAC: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA062 - A/C Compressor
Noise/Leaks

GROUP Climate

NUMBER 015

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE October 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM INSPECTION (SA062)

This bulletin provides information relating to potential air conditioning compressor noises or leaks
on some 2011 Model Year Sportage (SL) vehicles produced from May 2010 (start of 2011 MY
production) - July 30, 2010 and in dealer stock at the time of TSB release. A visual inspection will
be required to ensure there are no A/C compressor PAG oil leaks Follow the procedure outlined
below to check the climate control system for proper operation and any abnormal noises. Kia is
requesting the completion of this Service Action on all affected 2011 MY Sportages in dealer stock
prior to delivery.

NOTICE

This bulletin offers only the inspection procedure. if a defect in the climate control system is
defective after performing the inspection procedure outlined in this bulletin, repair (replace) the
defective component.

NOTICE

A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCs (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > Not Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select report).

The issue number is SA062.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C
Compressor Noise/Leaks > Page 2434
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C
Compressor Noise/Leaks > Page 2435
Climate Control Inspection Procedure
AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

NOTICE
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compressor HVAC: > CLI015 > Oct > 10 > Campaign SA062 - A/C
Compressor Noise/Leaks > Page 2436
VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only. Kia retailers should reference
SA062 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Page 2437

Compressor HVAC: Diagrams

CHG28 A/C Compressor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations

Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams

Condenser HVAC: Diagrams

CHG19 Condenser
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Condenser Fan: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2448
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2449
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2450
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2451
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2452
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2453
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2454

Condenser Fan: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2455

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2456
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2457

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 2458
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations >
A/C Control Module (Manual)

Control Module HVAC: Locations A/C Control Module (Manual)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations >
A/C Control Module (Manual) > Page 2463

Control Module HVAC: Locations A/C Control Module (Auto)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams >
A/C Control Module (Auto)
Control Module HVAC: Diagrams A/C Control Module (Auto)

M41-A A/C Control Module (Auto)

M41-B A/C Control Module (Auto)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams >
A/C Control Module (Auto) > Page 2466
Control Module HVAC: Diagrams A/C Control Module (Manual)

M43-A A/C Control Module (Manual)

M43-B A/C Control Module (Manual)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component
Information > Locations

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2470

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams

M03 Evaporator Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams

Humidity Sensor: Diagrams

M21 Cluster Ionizer (Auto A/C)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2477

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagrams

CHG29 A/C Pressure Transducer


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Blower Motor Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2482
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2483
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2484

Blower Motor Relay: Diagrams

CHG102 Blower Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC >
Component Information > Locations > A/C Control Module (Manual)

Control Module HVAC: Locations A/C Control Module (Manual)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC >
Component Information > Locations > A/C Control Module (Manual) > Page 2492

Control Module HVAC: Locations A/C Control Module (Auto)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC >
Component Information > Diagrams > A/C Control Module (Auto)
Control Module HVAC: Diagrams A/C Control Module (Auto)

M41-A A/C Control Module (Auto)

M41-B A/C Control Module (Auto)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC >
Component Information > Diagrams > A/C Control Module (Auto) > Page 2495
Control Module HVAC: Diagrams A/C Control Module (Manual)

M43-A A/C Control Module (Manual)

M43-B A/C Control Module (Manual)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > System Relay, HVAC >
Component Information > Locations
System Relay: Locations

EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > System Relay, HVAC >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2499
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor /
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor /
Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 2504

Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Diagrams

CHG02 Ambient Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor /
Switch > Component Information > Locations

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor /
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2508

Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams

M03 Evaporator Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams

Humidity Sensor: Diagrams

M21 Cluster Ionizer (Auto A/C)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor /
Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor /
Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 2515

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagrams

CHG29 A/C Pressure Transducer


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC >
Component Information > Locations

Solar Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2519

Solar Sensor: Diagrams

M16 Auto Light & Photo Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations

Solar Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page
2523

Solar Sensor: Diagrams

M16 Auto Light & Photo Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > System Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations
System Relay: Locations

EMS Box
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > System Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations >
Page 2527
EMS Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Restraint System - Air Bag Code B2500
Air Bag: Technical Service Bulletins Restraint System - Air Bag Code B2500

Model All model

Group Restraints(81)

Number KT2008090301

Date Wednesday, September 03, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Air Bag Code B2500

- Description

KMA has found in some cases that Airbag Control Modules (ACM's) have been replaced for DTC
B2500. B2500 sets when there are faults in the airbag warning lamp circuit. This code may also set
by lower then normal battery voltage, such is the case of a dead or discharged battery.

When investigating DTC B2500, before diagnosing the airbag warning circuit, first check if the
battery voltage had dropped in sequence with code B2500 being set. Ask the customer if the
vehicle had been jumped started, or check if the battery had been replaced recently. If battery
voltage was or is not the concern, then check the airbag warning lamp circuit throughly.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Air
Bag

Air Bag: Diagrams Driver Air Bag

M22 Driver Air Bag


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Air
Bag > Page 2536

Air Bag: Diagrams Passenger Air Bag #1

M46 Passenger Air Bag #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Air
Bag > Page 2537

Air Bag: Diagrams Passenger Air Bag #2

M47 Passenger Air Bag #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information >
Locations
Air Bag Control Module: Locations

Photo 50 Center Under of Dash Panel

Photo 60 Front of Console


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2541

Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams

M02 SRS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2542
F01 SRS Control Module
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams

Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Diagrams

M62 Telltale & SBR Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Impact Sensor: Locations Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2550

Impact Sensor: Locations Driver Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2551

Impact Sensor: Locations Driver Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2552

Impact Sensor: Locations Passenger Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2553
Impact Sensor: Locations

Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Driver Front Impact Sensor

Driver Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2554
Passenger Side Impact Sensor

Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations >
Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2555
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2558

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Front Impact Sensor

CHG64 Driver Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2559

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D06 Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2560

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Side Impact Sensor

F45 Driver Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2561
Impact Sensor: Diagrams

Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Driver Front Impact Sensor

CHG64 Driver Front Impact Sensor

Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D06 Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Driver Side Impact Sensor

F45 Driver Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2562
F59 Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Passenger Front Impact Sensor

CHG65 Passenger Front Impact Sensor

Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D26 Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Side Impact Sensor

F46 Passenger Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information >
Locations

Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2566

Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams

F56 Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Side Air Bag > Component Information > Locations

Side Air Bag: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Side Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Side Air Bag: Diagrams Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Side Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2572

Side Air Bag: Diagrams Driver Side Air Bag

F43 Driver Side Air Bag


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Side Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2573

Side Air Bag: Diagrams Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F59 Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Side Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2574

Side Air Bag: Diagrams Passenger Side Air Bag

F44 Passenger Side Air Bag


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Head Restraint System > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt Modification Info.

Head Restraint System: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt
Modification Info.

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 050

MODEL All Models

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT: AFTERMARKET MODIFICATION WARNINGS, (SEAL SEAT COVER, SEAT BELTS,


ETC.)

Kia Dealers may receive inquiries from customers about aftermarket seat covers re-upholstering
seats and/or questions related to modifications of seats seat covers seat belts etc. To assist
dealers in responding properly to these inquires Kia is providing the following information:

Kia's current Owners Manuals contain a number of very specific Instructions Cautions and
Warnings in Section 3; Safety Features Of Your Vehicle. The pages of that section provide
information about the use and care of Seat Belts and components of the Secondary Restraint
System (SRS); Air Bags Side Air Bags and Occupant Detection Systems (ODS). Note that the
Owner's Manuals include the following statement:

The Owner's Manuals contain specific warnings against making any modifications to the SRS, Air
Bags/Side Air Bags or related systems or structures. Additionally the Owner's Manual specifically
cautions against the use of seat covers, after market seat heaters etc. and informs how their use
may influence the operation of the Air Bag/Side Air Bag or ODS systems.

Should customers inquire about the possible installation of seat covers, aftermarket (re)upholstery
or otherwise request information about making any changes or modifications to the restraint
systems, please refer them to Section 3 of the Owner's Manual and review the appropriate
paragraphs with them.

Sample page excerpts from 2011 MY Optima shown below; other models are similar.

For complete information and full details always refer to the appropriate Owner's Manual.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Component Information > Locations
Air Bag Control Module: Locations

Photo 50 Center Under of Dash Panel

Photo 60 Front of Console


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2583

Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams

M02 SRS Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2584
F01 SRS Control Module
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt Modification Info.

Seat Belt: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt Modification Info.

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 050

MODEL All Models

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT: AFTERMARKET MODIFICATION WARNINGS, (SEAL SEAT COVER, SEAT BELTS,


ETC.)

Kia Dealers may receive inquiries from customers about aftermarket seat covers re-upholstering
seats and/or questions related to modifications of seats seat covers seat belts etc. To assist
dealers in responding properly to these inquires Kia is providing the following information:

Kia's current Owners Manuals contain a number of very specific Instructions Cautions and
Warnings in Section 3; Safety Features Of Your Vehicle. The pages of that section provide
information about the use and care of Seat Belts and components of the Secondary Restraint
System (SRS); Air Bags Side Air Bags and Occupant Detection Systems (ODS). Note that the
Owner's Manuals include the following statement:

The Owner's Manuals contain specific warnings against making any modifications to the SRS, Air
Bags/Side Air Bags or related systems or structures. Additionally the Owner's Manual specifically
cautions against the use of seat covers, after market seat heaters etc. and informs how their use
may influence the operation of the Air Bag/Side Air Bag or ODS systems.

Should customers inquire about the possible installation of seat covers, aftermarket (re)upholstery
or otherwise request information about making any changes or modifications to the restraint
systems, please refer them to Section 3 of the Owner's Manual and review the appropriate
paragraphs with them.

Sample page excerpts from 2011 MY Optima shown below; other models are similar.

For complete information and full details always refer to the appropriate Owner's Manual.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Page 2594

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

F47 Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Page 2597

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch

F48 Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner

Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner

F49 Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner > Page 2602

Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Anchor

F54 Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Anchor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner > Page 2603

Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner

F50 Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner > Page 2604

Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Anchor

F55 Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Anchor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams

Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Diagrams

M62 Telltale & SBR Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Impact Sensor: Locations Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2613

Impact Sensor: Locations Driver Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2614

Impact Sensor: Locations Driver Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2615

Impact Sensor: Locations Passenger Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2616
Impact Sensor: Locations

Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Driver Front Impact Sensor

Driver Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2617
Passenger Side Impact Sensor

Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Locations > Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2618
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2621

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Front Impact Sensor

CHG64 Driver Front Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2622

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D06 Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2623

Impact Sensor: Diagrams Driver Side Impact Sensor

F45 Driver Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2624
Impact Sensor: Diagrams

Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

F58 Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Driver Front Impact Sensor

CHG64 Driver Front Impact Sensor

Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D06 Driver Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Driver Side Impact Sensor

F45 Driver Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor) > Page 2625
F59 Passenger Curtain Air Bag (With Rollover Sensor)

Passenger Front Impact Sensor

CHG65 Passenger Front Impact Sensor

Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor

D26 Passenger Pressure Side Impact Sensor

Passenger Side Impact Sensor

F46 Passenger Side Impact Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Page 2630

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

F47 Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Page 2633

Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch

F48 Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2637

Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams

F56 Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Keyless Start Antenna > Component
Information > Diagrams

Keyless Start Antenna: Diagrams

M75 Fob Holder


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Horn > Alarm Horn
Relay > Component Information > Locations
Alarm Horn Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Horn > Alarm Horn
Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2648
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle
Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations

Alarm Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle
Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2652

Alarm Module: Diagrams

M23 Immobilizer Module (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For
Alarm) > Component Information > Locations

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For
Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2656

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams

CHG49 Hood Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Antenna -
Keyless Entry > Component Information > Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key)

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams RF Receiver (With Smart Key)

M54 RF Receiver (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Antenna -
Keyless Entry > Component Information > Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2662

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Antenna #1

M60 Smart Key Antenna #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Antenna -
Keyless Entry > Component Information > Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2663

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Antenna #2

F11 Smart Key Antenna #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Antenna -
Keyless Entry > Component Information > Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2664

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Antenna #3

F39 Smart Key Antenna #3


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Antenna -
Keyless Entry > Component Information > Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2665

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Bumper Antenna

R23 Smart Key Bumper Antenna


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit
Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2674
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2675
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2676

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2677

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2683
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2684
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2685

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep
> 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2686

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2687

Keyless Entry Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2688
Keyless Entry Module: Diagrams

M73-A Smart Key Control Module

M73-B Smart Key Control Module

M73-C Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2689

M73-D Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Smart Key Outside Handle

Keyless Entry Receiver: Diagrams Driver Smart Key Outside Handle

D05 Driver Smart Key Outside Handle


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Receiver > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Smart Key Outside Handle > Page 2694

Keyless Entry Receiver: Diagrams Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle

D25 Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Antenna > Component Information > Diagrams

Keyless Start Antenna: Diagrams

M75 Fob Holder


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for
Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for
Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page
2707
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for
Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page
2708
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for
Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page
2709
MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for
Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page
2710

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software
Update

Keyless Start Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software
Update > Page 2716
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software
Update > Page 2717
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software
Update > Page 2718
MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical
Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software
Update > Page 2719

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions
Keyless Start Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions
Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2722
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2723
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.
5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2724
7. Harness Classification
Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2725
For example:
HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2726
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2727
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2728

Keyless Start Control Module: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2729

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2730
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY
A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2731

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2732
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2733
Keyless Start Control Module: Electrical Diagrams
SD954-3 Smart Key Module System (1)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2734
SD954-4 Smart Key Module System (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2735
SD954-5 Smart Key Module System (3)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and
Instructions > Page 2736
SD954-6 Smart Key Module System (4)
Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems -
Smart Key Programming Information
Keyless Start Transmitter: Technical Service Bulletins Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information
GROUP GEN

NUMBER 048

MODEL ALL MODELS

DATE JANUARY 2011

SUBJECT: SMART KEY PROGRAMING PROCEDURES WHEN BOTH SMART KEYS ARE LOST

This bulletin provides programming information for vehicles for which both Smart Keys are missing
Without a Smart Key the vehicle will not power up Please follow the programming procedure
outlined in this bulletin when replacing both Smart Keys.

*NOTICE

If it is determined that a customer has lost both Smart Keys, then the customer will be responsible
for the cost or replacement Smart Keys.

Programming Procedure:

1. Connect GDS to vehicle and select Option Treatment.

2. Select Vehicle, then Year, and then Engine.

The screen shown above is for demonstrative purposes only and will vary depending on model.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems -
Smart Key Programming Information > Page 2741
3. Select PIC for the system, and then the Smart Key Unit.
Press OK.

4. Select Neutralization Mode.

5. Neutralize all three modules. PIN codes must be entered, (PIN codes can be found on KGIS).

6. Once all three modules have been neutralized, select System to change to PIC System Code
Saving.

7. Select PIC, and then select Smart Key Code Saving.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems -
Smart Key Programming Information > Page 2742

8. Insert a NEW Smart Key into the holder in the center armrest as per the on screen prompt.

Input the PIN code.

Press OK

Repeat, step 8 for the second Smart Key

*NOTICE

Only 2 Smart Keys can be programmed per vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information
Keyless Entry Transmitter: Technical Service Bulletins Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information
GROUP GEN

NUMBER 048

MODEL ALL MODELS

DATE JANUARY 2011

SUBJECT: SMART KEY PROGRAMING PROCEDURES WHEN BOTH SMART KEYS ARE LOST

This bulletin provides programming information for vehicles for which both Smart Keys are missing
Without a Smart Key the vehicle will not power up Please follow the programming procedure
outlined in this bulletin when replacing both Smart Keys.

*NOTICE

If it is determined that a customer has lost both Smart Keys, then the customer will be responsible
for the cost or replacement Smart Keys.

Programming Procedure:

1. Connect GDS to vehicle and select Option Treatment.

2. Select Vehicle, then Year, and then Engine.

The screen shown above is for demonstrative purposes only and will vary depending on model.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information > Page 2747
3. Select PIC for the system, and then the Smart Key Unit.
Press OK.

4. Select Neutralization Mode.

5. Neutralize all three modules. PIN codes must be entered, (PIN codes can be found on KGIS).

6. Once all three modules have been neutralized, select System to change to PIC System Code
Saving.

7. Select PIC, and then select Smart Key Code Saving.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless
Entry Transmitter > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information > Page 2748

8. Insert a NEW Smart Key into the holder in the center armrest as per the on screen prompt.

Input the PIN code.

Press OK

Repeat, step 8 for the second Smart Key

*NOTICE

Only 2 Smart Keys can be programmed per vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Cellular Phone Microphone >
Component Information > Locations

Cellular Phone Microphone: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Cellular Phone Microphone >
Component Information > Locations > Page 2753

Cellular Phone Microphone: Diagrams

R03 MIC
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH > Page 2759

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH

R21-CL Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH > Page 2762

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center RH

R21-CR Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH > Page 2763

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH

R21-L Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH > Page 2764

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH

R21-R Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking
Assist Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams

Parking Assist Warning Indicator: Diagrams

M56 Rear Parking Assist Buzzer


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Rear
Vision Camera > Component Information > Diagrams

Rear Vision Camera: Diagrams

R19 Rear View Camera


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > Auxiliary Input / Output Jack,
Entertainment System > Component Information > Diagrams > AUX & USB Jack (Platform Audio)

Auxiliary Input / Output Jack: Diagrams AUX & USB Jack (Platform Audio)

M24 AUX & USB Jack (Platform Audio)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > Auxiliary Input / Output Jack,
Entertainment System > Component Information > Diagrams > AUX & USB Jack (Platform Audio) > Page 2776

Auxiliary Input / Output Jack: Diagrams AUX Jack (UVO Audio Or With Navigation)

M25 AUX Jack (UVO Audio Or With Navigation)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 -
Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

Navigation Module: Recalls Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

GROUP General

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

NUMBER 040

DATE August 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) AVN SOFTWARE UPGRADE (SA050)

This bulletin provides information relating to a limited number of 2011 Sportage (SL) vehicles
equipped with navigation built from the start of production to July 22, 2010 that may exhibit
announcement voice volume that is lower than normal as compared to other modes when pressing
the MAP VOICE BUTTON or the TALK BUTTON in FM/AM mode. To resolve this condition, an
upgrade is available for the Audio/Navigation system via a USB memory stick To properly perform
the software upgrade follow the Service Procedure outlined in the bulletin.

1. Turn the ignition key to "ACC" or "ON" position.

Turn ON the Audio/Navigation system by pressing the POWER button.

2. Plug the upgrade USB memory stick into the USB port as indicated by the arrow.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 -
Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2786
3. Briefly press "SETUP" button as indicated in step 1 image then touch Main button on the screen.
4. Touch "System Info" button on the screen.

5. Touch "Map Upgrade" button then pop-up dialog box will verify start of update.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 -
Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2787
6. Touch "Yes" button on the screen.
7. Photo shows the upgrade in progress.

8. If update was not successful repeat steps 1 through 4.

When upgrade is completed the screen will flash On then Off (blank screen) Press "POWER"
button to reboot the system.

Make sure the thumb-drive is removed from USB port when upgrade is completed.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 -
Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2788

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE:

REQUIRED PART:

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

Navigation Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software
Upgrade

GROUP General

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

NUMBER 040

DATE August 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) AVN SOFTWARE UPGRADE (SA050)

This bulletin provides information relating to a limited number of 2011 Sportage (SL) vehicles
equipped with navigation built from the start of production to July 22, 2010 that may exhibit
announcement voice volume that is lower than normal as compared to other modes when pressing
the MAP VOICE BUTTON or the TALK BUTTON in FM/AM mode. To resolve this condition, an
upgrade is available for the Audio/Navigation system via a USB memory stick To properly perform
the software upgrade follow the Service Procedure outlined in the bulletin.

1. Turn the ignition key to "ACC" or "ON" position.

Turn ON the Audio/Navigation system by pressing the POWER button.

2. Plug the upgrade USB memory stick into the USB port as indicated by the arrow.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2794
3. Briefly press "SETUP" button as indicated in step 1 image then touch Main button on the screen.
4. Touch "System Info" button on the screen.

5. Touch "Map Upgrade" button then pop-up dialog box will verify start of update.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2795
6. Touch "Yes" button on the screen.
7. Photo shows the upgrade in progress.

8. If update was not successful repeat steps 1 through 4.

When upgrade is completed the screen will flash On then Off (blank screen) Press "POWER"
button to reboot the system.

Make sure the thumb-drive is removed from USB port when upgrade is completed.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 >
Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2796

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE:

REQUIRED PART:

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound
System > Component Information > Diagrams

Amplifier: Diagrams

F03-A AMP
F03-C AMP
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Radio
Receiver > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio - Satellite Audio Reception/Unit Replacement

Radio Receiver: Technical Service Bulletins Audio - Satellite Audio Reception/Unit Replacement

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008122302

Date Tuesday, December 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Satellite Audio Reception and/or Unit Replacement

- Description

Satellite Audio Reception and/or Unit Replacement

This Pitstop article provides information relating to Sirius(R) satellite audio reception. Some
customers may complain of drop-outs and/or audio reception related to the satellites orbiting and/or
repeater operation.

While Sirius does have an extensive network to ground repeaters (towers that rebroadcast the
satellite signal to help give maximum coverage) in many metropolitan areas, factors such as
microwaves and physical obstruction (Bridges and tunnels) can still temporarily disrupt your radio's
reception. However, this condition is largely held at bay by the four-second buffer created by slight
broadcasting delays between their two satellites orbiting over the continental United States and
their extensive ground network of repeaters.

^ Please refer to the Sirius website: www.sirius.com

^ Sirius Customer Care.

Audi Unit Replacement Procedure:

1. Refer to Kia TSB KT2008071101 for ESN procedure (General Information 023).

2. The dealer will need to call SIRIUS and request an "ESN Swap." In order to do this, please have
the ESN from both the old and new units available.

NOTE:

Radios equipped with SIRIUS Traffic will have two ESNs (one for audio, one for data.)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Speaker

Speaker: Diagrams Driver Door Speaker

D13 Driver Door Speaker


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Speaker > Page 2810

Speaker: Diagrams Driver Door Tweeter Speaker

D14 Driver Door Tweeter Speaker


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Speaker > Page 2811

Speaker: Diagrams Passenger Door Speaker

D33 Passenger Door Speaker


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Speaker > Page 2812

Speaker: Diagrams Passenger Door Tweeter Speaker

D34 Passenger Door Tweeter Speaker


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Speaker > Page 2813
Speaker: Diagrams

Driver Door Speaker

D13 Driver Door Speaker

Driver Door Tweeter Speaker

D14 Driver Door Tweeter Speaker

Passenger Door Speaker

D33 Passenger Door Speaker

Passenger Door Tweeter Speaker

D34 Passenger Door Tweeter Speaker


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker >
Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Speaker > Page 2814
Rear Door Speaker LH

D53 Rear Door Speaker LH

Rear Door Speaker RH

D73 Rear Door Speaker RH

Sub Woofer Speaker

F35 Sub Woofer Speaker


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Alarm Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations
Alarm Horn Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Alarm Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2819
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations

Alarm Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2823

Alarm Module: Diagrams

M23 Immobilizer Module (W/O Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins
for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit
Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins
for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2832
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins
for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2833
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins
for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2834

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins
for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2835

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2841
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2842
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2843

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2844

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2845

Keyless Entry Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2846
Keyless Entry Module: Diagrams

M73-A Smart Key Control Module

M73-B Smart Key Control Module

M73-C Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2847

M73-D Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

Navigation Module: Recalls Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

GROUP General

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

NUMBER 040

DATE August 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) AVN SOFTWARE UPGRADE (SA050)

This bulletin provides information relating to a limited number of 2011 Sportage (SL) vehicles
equipped with navigation built from the start of production to July 22, 2010 that may exhibit
announcement voice volume that is lower than normal as compared to other modes when pressing
the MAP VOICE BUTTON or the TALK BUTTON in FM/AM mode. To resolve this condition, an
upgrade is available for the Audio/Navigation system via a USB memory stick To properly perform
the software upgrade follow the Service Procedure outlined in the bulletin.

1. Turn the ignition key to "ACC" or "ON" position.

Turn ON the Audio/Navigation system by pressing the POWER button.

2. Plug the upgrade USB memory stick into the USB port as indicated by the arrow.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2856
3. Briefly press "SETUP" button as indicated in step 1 image then touch Main button on the screen.
4. Touch "System Info" button on the screen.

5. Touch "Map Upgrade" button then pop-up dialog box will verify start of update.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2857
6. Touch "Yes" button on the screen.
7. Photo shows the upgrade in progress.

8. If update was not successful repeat steps 1 through 4.

When upgrade is completed the screen will flash On then Off (blank screen) Press "POWER"
button to reboot the system.

Make sure the thumb-drive is removed from USB port when upgrade is completed.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Navigation Module: >
GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2858

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE:

REQUIRED PART:

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade

Navigation Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software
Upgrade

GROUP General

MODEL 2011 Sportage (SL)

NUMBER 040

DATE August 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SPORTAGE (SL) AVN SOFTWARE UPGRADE (SA050)

This bulletin provides information relating to a limited number of 2011 Sportage (SL) vehicles
equipped with navigation built from the start of production to July 22, 2010 that may exhibit
announcement voice volume that is lower than normal as compared to other modes when pressing
the MAP VOICE BUTTON or the TALK BUTTON in FM/AM mode. To resolve this condition, an
upgrade is available for the Audio/Navigation system via a USB memory stick To properly perform
the software upgrade follow the Service Procedure outlined in the bulletin.

1. Turn the ignition key to "ACC" or "ON" position.

Turn ON the Audio/Navigation system by pressing the POWER button.

2. Plug the upgrade USB memory stick into the USB port as indicated by the arrow.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2864
3. Briefly press "SETUP" button as indicated in step 1 image then touch Main button on the screen.
4. Touch "System Info" button on the screen.

5. Touch "Map Upgrade" button then pop-up dialog box will verify start of update.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2865
6. Touch "Yes" button on the screen.
7. Photo shows the upgrade in progress.

8. If update was not successful repeat steps 1 through 4.

When upgrade is completed the screen will flash On then Off (blank screen) Press "POWER"
button to reboot the system.

Make sure the thumb-drive is removed from USB port when upgrade is completed.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for
Navigation Module: > GEN040 > Aug > 10 > Campaign SA050 - Audio/Navigation Software Upgrade > Page 2866

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE:

REQUIRED PART:

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION:


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2871

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams

CHG49 Hood Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH >
Page 2876

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center
LH

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH

R21-CL Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center
LH > Page 2879

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center RH

R21-CR Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center
LH > Page 2880

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH

R21-L Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center
LH > Page 2881

Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH

R21-R Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Steering Mounted Controls Assembly > Component Information > Locations

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional
Equipment > Steering Mounted Controls Assembly > Component Information > Locations > Page 2885

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Diagrams

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Steering Mounted Controls Assembly > Component
Information > Locations

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Steering Mounted Controls Assembly > Component
Information > Locations > Page 2889

Steering Mounted Controls Assembly: Diagrams

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Trip Computer > Component Information > Locations

Trip Computer: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information >
Locations

Body Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information >
Locations > Page 2898
Body Control Module: Diagrams

M13-A BCM

M13-B BCM

M13-C BCM
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door Exterior Handle > System
Information > Diagrams > Driver Smart Key Outside Handle

Front Door Exterior Handle: Diagrams Driver Smart Key Outside Handle

D05 Driver Smart Key Outside Handle


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door Exterior Handle > System
Information > Diagrams > Driver Smart Key Outside Handle > Page 2905

Front Door Exterior Handle: Diagrams Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle

D25 Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch
(For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch
(For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2911

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams

CHG49 Hood Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Trunk / Liftgate Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Interior - Proper Floor Mat Installation

Carpet: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Proper Floor Mat Installation

Model All Model

Group General Information(10)

Number KT2008070101

Date Tuesday, July 01, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Proper Floor Mat Installation - All models (Revised)

- Description

This Pitstop article addresses installation of floor mats in all Kia vehicles. Improper floor mat
installation may interfere with proper vehicle operation.

It is not acceptable to layer or place any driver's side floor mat over an existing floor mat as they
are specifically designed to fit individually. This includes additional carpeted floor mats or
rubberized all weather floor mats.
During installation, floor mats must be locked in place using the carpet retension post or carpet
hooks, if so equipped. On vehicles equipped with carpet retension post, the mats must be fully
inserted over the retension post with significant downward pressure to cause a "click" sound to
occur, indicating that the floor mat has properly installed and locked onto the retension post.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Interior - Proper Floor Mat Installation > Page 2924

Customer who purchase floor mats to self-install should be advised at time of purchase of proper
floor mat installation. They should be reminded to remove any previously installed driver's side floor
mat first, and not place any additional floor mat on top of an existing driver's floor mat.

Anytime a customer complaint is alleged that may be attributed to improper floor mat installation
and/or usage, the condition must be noted on the customer repair order and the customer advised
accordingly. Additional, with or without a customer complaint, all improper floor mat installation
and/or usage should be recorded on the repair order, and the customer informed of potential
problems with the operation of the vehicle.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Antenna - Keyless Entry > Component Information >
Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key)

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams RF Receiver (With Smart Key)

M54 RF Receiver (With Smart Key)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Antenna - Keyless Entry > Component Information >
Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2931

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Antenna #1

M60 Smart Key Antenna #1


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Antenna - Keyless Entry > Component Information >
Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2932

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Antenna #2

F11 Smart Key Antenna #2


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Antenna - Keyless Entry > Component Information >
Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2933

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Antenna #3

F39 Smart Key Antenna #3


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Antenna - Keyless Entry > Component Information >
Diagrams > RF Receiver (With Smart Key) > Page 2934

Antenna - Keyless Entry: Diagrams Smart Key Bumper Antenna

R23 Smart Key Bumper Antenna


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 2943
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 2944
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 2945

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update > Page 2946

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit
Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2952
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2953
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2954

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign
SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2955

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2956

Keyless Entry Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2957
Keyless Entry Module: Diagrams

M73-A Smart Key Control Module

M73-B Smart Key Control Module

M73-C Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2958

M73-D Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Smart Key Outside Handle

Keyless Entry Receiver: Diagrams Driver Smart Key Outside Handle

D05 Driver Smart Key Outside Handle


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Receiver > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Smart Key Outside Handle > Page 2963

Keyless Entry Receiver: Diagrams Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle

D25 Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Antenna >
Component Information > Diagrams

Keyless Start Antenna: Diagrams

M75 Fob Holder


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R)
Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2976
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2977
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2978

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Start Control
Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2979

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Start Control Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2985
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2986
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2987

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Start Control Module: > BOD070 >
Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 2988

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Keyless Start Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2991
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2992
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2993
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2994
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2995
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2996
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2997

Keyless Start Control Module: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2998

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2999
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3000

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3001
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3002
Keyless Start Control Module: Electrical Diagrams

SD954-3 Smart Key Module System (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3003
SD954-4 Smart Key Module System (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3004
SD954-5 Smart Key Module System (3)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control
Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3005
SD954-6 Smart Key Module System (4)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information
Keyless Start Transmitter: Technical Service Bulletins Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 048

MODEL ALL MODELS

DATE JANUARY 2011

SUBJECT: SMART KEY PROGRAMING PROCEDURES WHEN BOTH SMART KEYS ARE LOST

This bulletin provides programming information for vehicles for which both Smart Keys are missing
Without a Smart Key the vehicle will not power up Please follow the programming procedure
outlined in this bulletin when replacing both Smart Keys.

*NOTICE

If it is determined that a customer has lost both Smart Keys, then the customer will be responsible
for the cost or replacement Smart Keys.

Programming Procedure:

1. Connect GDS to vehicle and select Option Treatment.

2. Select Vehicle, then Year, and then Engine.

The screen shown above is for demonstrative purposes only and will vary depending on model.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information > Page
3010
3. Select PIC for the system, and then the Smart Key Unit.
Press OK.

4. Select Neutralization Mode.

5. Neutralize all three modules. PIN codes must be entered, (PIN codes can be found on KGIS).

6. Once all three modules have been neutralized, select System to change to PIC System Code
Saving.

7. Select PIC, and then select Smart Key Code Saving.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Transmitter
> Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information > Page
3011

8. Insert a NEW Smart Key into the holder in the center armrest as per the on screen prompt.

Input the PIN code.

Press OK

Repeat, step 8 for the second Smart Key

*NOTICE

Only 2 Smart Keys can be programmed per vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information
Keyless Entry Transmitter: Technical Service Bulletins Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming
Information

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 048

MODEL ALL MODELS

DATE JANUARY 2011

SUBJECT: SMART KEY PROGRAMING PROCEDURES WHEN BOTH SMART KEYS ARE LOST

This bulletin provides programming information for vehicles for which both Smart Keys are missing
Without a Smart Key the vehicle will not power up Please follow the programming procedure
outlined in this bulletin when replacing both Smart Keys.

*NOTICE

If it is determined that a customer has lost both Smart Keys, then the customer will be responsible
for the cost or replacement Smart Keys.

Programming Procedure:

1. Connect GDS to vehicle and select Option Treatment.

2. Select Vehicle, then Year, and then Engine.

The screen shown above is for demonstrative purposes only and will vary depending on model.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information > Page 3016
3. Select PIC for the system, and then the Smart Key Unit.

Press OK.

4. Select Neutralization Mode.

5. Neutralize all three modules. PIN codes must be entered, (PIN codes can be found on KGIS).

6. Once all three modules have been neutralized, select System to change to PIC System Code
Saving.

7. Select PIC, and then select Smart Key Code Saving.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Transmitter > Component Information >
Technical Service Bulletins > Keyless Systems - Smart Key Programming Information > Page 3017

8. Insert a NEW Smart Key into the holder in the center armrest as per the on screen prompt.

Input the PIN code.

Press OK

Repeat, step 8 for the second Smart Key

*NOTICE

Only 2 Smart Keys can be programmed per vehicle.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information >
Locations > Door Lock Actuator

Power Door Lock Actuator: Locations Door Lock Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information >
Locations > Door Lock Actuator > Page 3023

Power Door Lock Actuator: Locations Rear Door Lock Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Lock Actuator

Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams Driver Door Lock Actuator

D01 Driver Door Lock Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Lock Actuator > Page 3026

Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams Passenger Door Lock Actuator

D21 Passeneger Door Lock Actuator


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Lock Actuator > Page 3027

Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams Rear Door Lock Actuator LH

D41 Rear Door Lock Actuator LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Lock Actuator > Page 3028

Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams Rear Door Lock Actuator RH

D61 Rear Door Lock Actuator RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Relay > Component Information >
Locations
Power Door Lock Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Relay > Component Information >
Locations > Page 3032
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions
Heated Element: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3038
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3039
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3040
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3041
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3042
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3043
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3044

Heated Element: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3045

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3046
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3047

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams >
Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3048
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations

Power Mirror Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page
3052

Power Mirror Switch: Diagrams

D08 Power Outside Mirror Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 -
Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: Recalls Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 -
Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3062
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 -
Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3063
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 -
Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3064

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10 > Campaign SA052 -
Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3065

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10
> Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update

Keyless Entry Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit
Software Update

GROUP BODY

NUMBER 070

MODEL 2011 SPORTAGE (SL)

DATE SEPTEMBER 2010

SUBJECT: SERVICE ACTION: SMART KEY UNIT UPDATE - CHANGE OF SMK SOFTWARE
(SA052)

This bulletin provides information relating to a Smart Key Unit software upgrade of some 2011 MY
SPORTAGE (SL) vehicles produced from start of production to June 7, 2010 Smart Key equipped
Sportage vehicles built prior to that date may experience battery discharge due to parasitic draw
(approx 220mA max) because of improper SMK unit "Sleep"/"Wake Up" switching.

To correct this condition, the ECU should be reprogrammed using the GDS download as described
in this bulletin.

UPGRADE EVENT NAME

NOTICE:
A Service Action is a repair program without customer notification that is performed during the
warranty period. Any dealer request to perform this repair outside the warranty period will require
DPSM approval.

Repair status for a VIN is provided on WebDCS (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty
Coverage Inquiry > Campaign Information). Not Completed Recall/Service Action reports are
available on WebDCS (Consumer Affairs > No5t Completed Recall Recall VIN > Select Report).

This issue number is SA052.

Software Upgrade Procedure:

NOTICE:

^ A fully charged battery is necessary before ECU upgrade can take place. DO NOT connect a
battery charger to the vehicle during ECU upgrade.

^ Turn off all lamps (do not leave head lamp switch in auto mode) and all accessories (including
heater, A/C, blower, radio, seat warmer, defroster, etc.)

to assure battery will not be discharged during upgrade.

^ Perform upgrade with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

^ Insert the FOB into FOB holder.

^ Be careful not to disconnect any cables connected to the vehicle or scan tool during upgrade.

^ Do not start the engine during upgrade.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10
> Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3071
ROM Table Information
To verify the vehicle is affected, be sure to check the Calibration Identification of the vehicle's
ECU's ROM ID and reference the Information Table as necessary.

1. Connect the power supply cable to the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

If attempting to perform the ECU upgrade with the power supply cable disconnected from the GDS
tool, be sure to check that the GDS tool is fully charged before ECU upgrade. If the GDS tool is not
fully charged, failure to perform the ECU upgrade may occur. Therefore, it is strongly
recommended that the power supply connector be connected to the GDS tool.

2. Connect the USB cable between the VCI and the GDS tool.

*NOTICE

When performing the ECU upgrade using the GDS tool, wireless communication between the VCI
and GDS tool is not available. Therefore, be sure to connect the USB cable between the VCI and
the GDS tool.

3. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC Gable (GHDM - 241000) to the VCI.

4. Connect the Main 16-pin DLC cable (GHDM - 241000) to the OBD-II connector, located under
the driver's side of the instrument panel.

5. Turn on the VCI and diagnostic terminal with the ignition key in the ON position. Do not start the
engine.

AUTOMATIC UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS

6 Choose VIN or ECU Upgrade on the initial screen.

Enter the vehicle information by pressing the Auto VIN button, entering the vehicle's VIN or
selecting the vehicle model, model year, engine/fuel type and PIC as the system, and then click
OK.

Select ECU Upgrade on the initial screen after entering the vehicle information; then select Auto
Mode then PIC in the left ECU Upgrade column.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10
> Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3072
7. Click OK on the screen; then insert the FOB into FOB holder.
8. Read information; then click OK.

The GDS will read the vehicles ROM ID After the Current ROM ID is displayed select appropriate
Upgrade Event, "137.11MY SL SMK S/W UPDATE."

After clicking the Upgrade button, read Information; then click OK

Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

9. Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

10. Smart key must be re-registered after ECU reprogramming otherwise engine will not start.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10
> Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3073

MANUAL UPGRADE PROCEDURE USING THE GDS


1. Within the ECU Upgrade screen select Manual Mode in the left column then select the
appropriate Upgrade Event #137 Select the appropriate control unit part number with reference to
the ROM ID Information Table; then click OK.

2. Enter the password from the table below; then click OK.

MANUAL MODE ECU UPGRADE PASSWORDS:

Do NOT perform Manual Mode ECU upgrade unless Auto Mode fails.

Do NOT Force the Calibration into the Incorrect P/N ECU This is subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Upgrade will begin and the progress of the upgrade will appear on the bar graph.

^ Upgrade will occur until 100% is reached on the bar graph.

^ Click OK on the final screen, which indicates upgrade is complete.

^ Smart key must be registered after ECU reprogramming, otherwise engine will not start.

^ Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes using the GDS and erase any stored DTCs.

1. Smart key code saving

Select "Smart key code saving" on the Vehicle S/W Management

Make sure the ignition key is in the "OFF" position

Insert key to teach; then press OK.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Keyless Entry Module: > BOD070 > Sep > 10
> Campaign SA052 - Smart Key(R) Unit Software Update > Page 3074

2. After inputting PIN code; press OK.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE

SERVICE ACTION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

VIN Inquiry data for this repair is provided for tracking purposes only Kia retailers should reference
SA052 when accessing the WebDCS system.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3075

Keyless Entry Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3076
Keyless Entry Module: Diagrams

M73-A Smart Key Control Module

M73-B Smart Key Control Module

M73-C Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3077

M73-D Smart Key Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Power Door Lock Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3081
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module >
Component Information > Locations

Seat Heater Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3085

Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams

S09 Driver CCS Control Module (With CCS)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module >
Component Information > Locations

Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3089

Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Diagrams

R32 Sunroof Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Relay > Component
Information > Locations
Trunk / Liftgate Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Motor > Component Information > Locations

Sunroof / Moonroof Motor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3098

Sunroof / Moonroof Motor: Diagrams

R31 Sunroof Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Sunroof Push Switch

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Sunroof Push Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Sunroof Push Switch > Page 3103

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Sunroof Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Sunroof Push Switch

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Sunroof Push Switch

R33 Sunroof Push Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Sunroof Push Switch > Page 3106

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Sunroof Switch

R08 Sunroof Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Module > Component Information > Locations

Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof
Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3110

Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Diagrams

R32 Sunroof Control Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Head Restraint System > System Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt Modification Info.

Head Restraint System: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt
Modification Info.

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 050

MODEL All Models

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT: AFTERMARKET MODIFICATION WARNINGS, (SEAL SEAT COVER, SEAT BELTS,


ETC.)

Kia Dealers may receive inquiries from customers about aftermarket seat covers re-upholstering
seats and/or questions related to modifications of seats seat covers seat belts etc. To assist
dealers in responding properly to these inquires Kia is providing the following information:

Kia's current Owners Manuals contain a number of very specific Instructions Cautions and
Warnings in Section 3; Safety Features Of Your Vehicle. The pages of that section provide
information about the use and care of Seat Belts and components of the Secondary Restraint
System (SRS); Air Bags Side Air Bags and Occupant Detection Systems (ODS). Note that the
Owner's Manuals include the following statement:

The Owner's Manuals contain specific warnings against making any modifications to the SRS, Air
Bags/Side Air Bags or related systems or structures. Additionally the Owner's Manual specifically
cautions against the use of seat covers, after market seat heaters etc. and informs how their use
may influence the operation of the Air Bag/Side Air Bag or ODS systems.

Should customers inquire about the possible installation of seat covers, aftermarket (re)upholstery
or otherwise request information about making any changes or modifications to the restraint
systems, please refer them to Section 3 of the Owner's Manual and review the appropriate
paragraphs with them.

Sample page excerpts from 2011 MY Optima shown below; other models are similar.

For complete information and full details always refer to the appropriate Owner's Manual.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Driver
Lumbar Support Motor

Power Seat Motor: Locations Driver Lumbar Support Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Driver
Lumbar Support Motor > Page 3120

Power Seat Motor: Locations Driver Reclining Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Driver
Lumbar Support Motor > Page 3121

Power Seat Motor: Locations Driver Slide Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
Height Adjust Motor

Power Seat Motor: Diagrams Driver Height Adjust Motor

S04 Driver Height Adjust Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
Height Adjust Motor > Page 3124

Power Seat Motor: Diagrams Driver Lumbar Support Motor

S07 Driver Lumbar Support Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
Height Adjust Motor > Page 3125

Power Seat Motor: Diagrams Driver Reclining Motor

S03 Driver Reclining Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
Height Adjust Motor > Page 3126

Power Seat Motor: Diagrams Driver Slide Motor

S05 Driver Slide Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information >
Locations

Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information >
Locations > Page 3130

Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Diagrams

S02 Driver Reclining Limit Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations

Power Seat Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page
3134

Power Seat Switch: Diagrams

S01 Driver Seat Manual Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins >
Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt Modification Info.

Seat Cover: Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Seat/Seat Cover/Seat Belt Modification Info.

GROUP GEN

NUMBER 050

MODEL All Models

DATE March 2011

SUBJECT: AFTERMARKET MODIFICATION WARNINGS, (SEAL SEAT COVER, SEAT BELTS,


ETC.)

Kia Dealers may receive inquiries from customers about aftermarket seat covers re-upholstering
seats and/or questions related to modifications of seats seat covers seat belts etc. To assist
dealers in responding properly to these inquires Kia is providing the following information:

Kia's current Owners Manuals contain a number of very specific Instructions Cautions and
Warnings in Section 3; Safety Features Of Your Vehicle. The pages of that section provide
information about the use and care of Seat Belts and components of the Secondary Restraint
System (SRS); Air Bags Side Air Bags and Occupant Detection Systems (ODS). Note that the
Owner's Manuals include the following statement:

The Owner's Manuals contain specific warnings against making any modifications to the SRS, Air
Bags/Side Air Bags or related systems or structures. Additionally the Owner's Manual specifically
cautions against the use of seat covers, after market seat heaters etc. and informs how their use
may influence the operation of the Air Bag/Side Air Bag or ODS systems.

Should customers inquire about the possible installation of seat covers, aftermarket (re)upholstery
or otherwise request information about making any changes or modifications to the restraint
systems, please refer them to Section 3 of the Owner's Manual and review the appropriate
paragraphs with them.

Sample page excerpts from 2011 MY Optima shown below; other models are similar.

For complete information and full details always refer to the appropriate Owner's Manual.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Seat Fan: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3143
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3144
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3145
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3146
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3147
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3148
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3149

Seat Fan: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3150

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3151
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3152

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3153
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan Switch > Component Information > Locations

Seat Fan Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Fan Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3157

Seat Fan Switch: Diagrams

S08 Driver CCS Blower Motor (With CCS)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Seat Heater: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3162
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3163
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3164
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3165
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3166
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3167
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3168

Seat Heater: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3169

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3170
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3171

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3172
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3173
Seat Heater: Connector Views

Driver CCS Seat Warmer (With CCS)

S10 Driver CCS Seat Warmer (With CCS)

Driver Seat Warmer (W/O CCS)

S06 Driver Seat Warmer (W/O CCS)

Passenger Seat Warmer

S16 Passenger Seat Warmer

Rear Seat Warmer LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3174

F28 Rear Seat Warmer LH

Rear Seat Warmer RH

F29 Rear Seat Warmer RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3175
Seat Heater: Electrical Diagrams

Adjustable Seat Warmer System

SD885-1 Adjustable Seat Warmer System (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3176
Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations

Climate Seat Control


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3177
SD886-1 Climate Seat Control (1)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3178
Seat Warmer

SD889-1 Seat Warmer (1)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3179
Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations

Seat Heater Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3183

Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams

S09 Driver CCS Control Module (With CCS)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver
Seat Warmer Switch

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Driver Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver
Seat Warmer Switch > Page 3188

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Passenger Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver
Seat Warmer Switch > Page 3189

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Rear Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
CCS Switch

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Driver CCS Switch

M86 Driver CCS Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
CCS Switch > Page 3192

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Driver Seat Warmer Switch

M84 Driver Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
CCS Switch > Page 3193

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Passenger Seat Warmer Switch

M85 Passenger Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
CCS Switch > Page 3194

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH

D51 Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver
CCS Switch > Page 3195

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Rear Seat Warmer Switch RH

D71 Rear Seat Warmer Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood
Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3201

Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams

CHG49 Hood Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component
Information > Locations

Power Mirror Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3205

Power Mirror Switch: Diagrams

D08 Power Outside Mirror Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor
> Component Information > Locations

Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Page 3209

Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Diagrams

S02 Driver Reclining Limit Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component
Information > Locations

Power Seat Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3213

Power Seat Switch: Diagrams

S01 Driver Seat Manual Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Fan Switch > Component
Information > Locations

Seat Fan Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Fan Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3217

Seat Fan Switch: Diagrams

S08 Driver CCS Blower Motor (With CCS)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Seat Warmer Switch

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Driver Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Seat Warmer Switch > Page 3222

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Passenger Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Seat Warmer Switch > Page 3223

Seat Heater Switch: Locations Rear Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Driver CCS Switch

M86 Driver CCS Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 3226

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Driver Seat Warmer Switch

M84 Driver Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 3227

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Passenger Seat Warmer Switch

M85 Passenger Seat Warmer Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 3228

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH

D51 Rear Seat Warmer Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver CCS Switch > Page 3229

Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams Rear Seat Warmer Switch RH

D71 Rear Seat Warmer Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Sunroof Push Switch

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Sunroof Push Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Sunroof Push Switch > Page 3234

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Sunroof Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Sunroof Push Switch

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Sunroof Push Switch

R33 Sunroof Push Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Sunroof Push Switch > Page 3237

Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Sunroof Switch

R08 Sunroof Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Tailgate Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams

Tailgate Switch: Diagrams

R12 License Lamp (Tail Gate Handle Switch)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Trunk / Liftgate Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Tailgate > Tailgate Latch > Component Information > Diagrams

Tailgate Latch: Diagrams

R18 Tail Gate Latch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Tailgate > Tailgate Switch > Component Information > Diagrams

Tailgate Switch: Diagrams

R12 License Lamp (Tail Gate Handle Switch)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Cigarette Lighter: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3256
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3257
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3258
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3259
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3260
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3261
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3262

Cigarette Lighter: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3263

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3264
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3265

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3266
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information >
Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3267

Cigarette Lighter: Connector Views

M82 Front Cigarette Lighter


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions
Clock: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3272
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3273
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3274
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3275
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3276
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3277
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3278

Clock: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3279

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3280
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3281

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Diagrams
> Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3282
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Locations Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3287

Door Switch: Locations Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3288

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3289

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Diagrams Driver Door Switch

F07 Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3292

Door Switch: Diagrams Passenger Door Switch

F08 Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3293

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch LH

F09 Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information >
Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3294

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch RH

F10 Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component
Information > Locations

Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3298

Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams

F12 Fuel Sender & Fuel Pump Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions
Instrument Cluster / Carrier: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3303
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3304
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3305
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3306
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3307
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3308
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3309

Instrument Cluster / Carrier: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3310

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3311
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3312

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3313
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3314
Instrument Cluster / Carrier: Connector Views

Instrument Cluster

M15 Instrument Cluster

Telltale & SBR Lamp

M62 Telltale & SBR Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3315
Instrument Cluster / Carrier: Electrical Diagrams

SD941-1 Illuminations (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3316
SD941-2 Illuminations (2)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Component
Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3317
SD941-3 Illuminations (3)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component
Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure
Warning Lamp On

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2009021301

Date Friday, February 13, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Handling Customer Complaints of TPMS Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

- Description

A recent review of warranty claim data has indicated that many dealers are writing repair orders
and entering unnecessary claims related to normal TPMS system operation. The Tire Pressure
Monitoring System was developed as an important safety feature to alert customers to low air
pressure in one or more of their tires, prompting them to check and adjust their tire pressure at the
nearest service station or other similar facility. Occasionally, due to a customer's lack of familiarity
with the TPMS system and a conditioned response to bring the vehicle in to their serviceing dealer
for any warning lamp concern, you may be presented with a vehicle which has the Tread Lamp
illuminated due to low tire pressure on a normally operating TPMS system. Service advisers and
other dealership personal should screen for all such types of customer complaints and not begin
writing a repair order due to a low tire pressure warning lamp (Tread Lamp) in the absence of any
TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp (TPMS Lamp) illuminated. Assist the customer in checking and
adding air to the tires as necessary during their first visit for the low air pressure light on and
provide them with a copy of the tri-fold Kia TPMS Brochure P/N UN050-KU-001.

A warranty claim should not be filed for any complaint related to low tire pressure and may result in
a debit being applied to your dealership during the normal claims review process.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Odometer > Component Information >
Diagrams

Odometer: Diagrams

M39 ODO Trip Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component
Information > Locations

Oil Pressure Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3328

Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams

CHG15 Oil Pressure Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Assist Warning Indicator >
Component Information > Diagrams

Parking Assist Warning Indicator: Diagrams

M56 Rear Parking Assist Buzzer


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 3336

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

F33 Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 3339

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)

F32 Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Locations Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3345

Door Switch: Locations Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3346

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3347

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Diagrams Driver Door Switch

F07 Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3350

Door Switch: Diagrams Passenger Door Switch

F08 Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3351

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch LH

F09 Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3352

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch RH

F10 Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations

Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 3356

Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams

F12 Fuel Sender & Fuel Pump Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 3361

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)

F33 Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel >
Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Foot Parking Brake Switch (Foot Type) > Page 3364

Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)

F32 Hand Parking Brake Switch (Hand Type)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure
Indicator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure Warning Lamp
On

Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitoring System - Low Pressure
Warning Lamp On

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2009021301

Date Friday, February 13, 2009

Area N.America

Subject Handling Customer Complaints of TPMS Low Pressure Warning Lamp On

- Description

A recent review of warranty claim data has indicated that many dealers are writing repair orders
and entering unnecessary claims related to normal TPMS system operation. The Tire Pressure
Monitoring System was developed as an important safety feature to alert customers to low air
pressure in one or more of their tires, prompting them to check and adjust their tire pressure at the
nearest service station or other similar facility. Occasionally, due to a customer's lack of familiarity
with the TPMS system and a conditioned response to bring the vehicle in to their serviceing dealer
for any warning lamp concern, you may be presented with a vehicle which has the Tread Lamp
illuminated due to low tire pressure on a normally operating TPMS system. Service advisers and
other dealership personal should screen for all such types of customer complaints and not begin
writing a repair order due to a low tire pressure warning lamp (Tread Lamp) in the absence of any
TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp (TPMS Lamp) illuminated. Assist the customer in checking and
adding air to the tires as necessary during their first visit for the low air pressure light on and
provide them with a copy of the tri-fold Kia TPMS Brochure P/N UN050-KU-001.

A warranty claim should not be filed for any complaint related to low tire pressure and may result in
a debit being applied to your dealership during the normal claims review process.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Module > Component Information > Locations

Tire Pressure Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3373

Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams

M67 Tire Pressure Monitoring Module


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line
TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092302

Date Tuesday, September 23, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

- Description

Diagnosing Low Line TPMS

Diagnosing TRW/Lear Low Line Tire Pressure Monitoring warning light ON conditions with certain
Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in Memory requires particular attention. The following procedure
can assist in proper diagnosis for the wheel sensor concerns.

^ Install TPMS tool to diagnose DTC's, retrieve DTC C1313, C1312, etc.

^ Select "Current Data" on the TPMS tool.

^ Using the worksheet record sensor ID for all Four (4) Sensors from the "Current data" Screen.

^ Ping each wheel and record these sensor ID's on the worksheet.

^ Match wheel sensor ID, against the ID recorded from the exciter tool/ECU. The missing sensor ID
should be checked for correct setting and battery

level, replace sensor if necessary.


NOTE:

DO NOT replace or diagnose components in a position based on the DTC information. Always
locate the sensor ID on the vehicle with the hand-tool. A commen mistake is Code C1312 is set
and the technical replaces that sensor thinking it was in the left Front, the wheel and tire may be
located in the Right Rear. When and it the tires are rotated the original configuration is no longer
valid.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
3378
TPMS Wheel Sensor Worksheet
^ If the Lamp shown above is ON: Check tire pressure and check for causes of low pressure.

^ If the Lamp shown above is ON:

^ Verify wheel sensor ID's in the ECU module corresponds to all 4 sensors on the vehicle - if not,
reprogram the sensors on the vehicle into the ECU

module.

^ Verify that the ECU module and all 4 wheel sensors have the mode and state configured correctly
- if not, correct this condition first. - This applies to
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
3379

TRW systems only.

^ Examine for possible system interference from:

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers and power inverters

^ Exciter tool connected while driving the vehicle

^ Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Buglar Alarm, Remote Start Systems

^ HAM radio equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers

^ Anti-Theft Auto locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players, portable MP3 players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not corrected

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.

^ If all wheel sensor ID's, Mode and State are correct as initially received and you cannot identify
any interfearence as listed above and the problem

persists, replace the correct ID as reported by the ECU.


LOW LINE:

Wheel sensor to ECU communication takes place every 3 minutes, 20 seconds for TRW systems
and every 3 minutes for Lear systems unless rapid tire deflation is occuring. Be sure to wait this
amount of time for the values to populate on the Current Data Screen.

ROAD TEST:

To verify your repair drive the vehicle at or above 20 MPH for 20 minutes, if speed goes below 20
MPH during Auto-Learn (TRW only), the process is halted until speed is above threshold again.

Auto-Learn (TRW only), is not recommended, use exciter tool each time to program the sensor ID's
into the receiver module.

TPMS Drive Cycle

The warning light shown above = indicates Low tire pressure problem, use exciter tool and match
tire pressure on-screen value against your tire pressure gauge reading. The tire pressures should
be set COLD.

Inaccurate tire gauges should be replaced immediately to prevent comebacks.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
3380

The warning light shown above = indicates a problem with the Wheel sensors, TPMS module, radio
frequency interfearence or related wiring. Use Exciter too to diagnose.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure
Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Diagnosing Low Line TPMS > Page
3381

Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Outside Radio Signals
Affects TPMS

Model All Model

Group Suspension System(21)

Number KT2008092201

Date Monday, September 22, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

- Description

Outside Radio Frequency (RF) Affecting TPMS Operation

KMA has received several inquires reguarding TPMS light ON with or without Stored Diagnostic
Trouble Codes in Memory. The following listed components/conditions may cause the control unit
and wheel sensor communication to be interrupted and may cause multiple DTC's.

^ Some Cell Phone Chargers

^ Some Laptop Computers

^ Exciter Tool Connected While Driving the Vehicle

^ Some Portable Navigational Devices (GPS)

^ Aftermarket RKE, Burglar Alarm Remote Start Systems

^ Power inverters, Portable MP3 Players

^ HAM Radio Equipment

^ High Tension Power Lines and Radio Station Towers


^ Vehicle Anti-Theft Locating Devices

^ Portable DVD Players

^ Incorrect Instrument Cluster - Part application not correct

NOTE:

Always use the correct part for the proper model year and production range, failure to do so may
result in vehicles which are difficult to repair and can be subject to warranty chargeback.

^ Excessive aftermarket wiring tie-wrapped and coiled on or near TPMS module. This may create a
magnetic field causing concern.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations

Ambient Light Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3386

Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams

M16 Auto Light & Photo Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations

Backup Lamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations
> Page 3391

Backup Lamp Switch: Diagrams

CHG38 Back-Up Lamp Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Brake Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations
Brake Lamp Relay: Locations

ICM Relay Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Brake Light Bulb > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Lighting - Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life

Brake Light Bulb: Technical Service Bulletins Lighting - Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008082201

Date: Thursday, August 28, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life

- Description

Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life


This Pitstop article provides information relating to the improved durability of bulb life for part
number 18644 28088N (Rear Combination Bulb: Rear Stop Lamp/Tail Lamp Bulb) utilized on
multiple Kia models. Part number 18644 28088N has a bulb life of approximately 400 hours, the
new replacement bulb part number 18644 28088L has a bulb life of approximately 2000 hours
(long life bulb). Kia has already phased this change from the factory for part number 18644 28088L
on the current model line(s). In the event that the old part number 18644 28088N is in need of
replacement, both the left/right-hand rear combination bulbs should be replaced together with part
number 18644 28088L (Long Life). Failure to replace the rear combination lamps together could
cause customer complaints for multiple repairs and bulb replacements.

Bulbs can be identified by the markings on the base of the bulb: 18644 28088N (old part
number)/Bulb base markings: KHA12V28/8W2357637. 18644 28088L (Long Life) Bulb base
markings KHA12V28/8W2357LL637 ("LL" is designated as long life bulb).
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations

Brake Light Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3403

Brake Light Switch: Diagrams

CHG39 Stop Lamp Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Cargo Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3408
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3409
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3410
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3411
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3412
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3413
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3414

Cargo Lamp: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3415

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3416
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3417

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3418
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3419
Cargo Lamp: Electrical Diagrams

SD929-1 Courtesy & Tail Gate Lamps (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cargo Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3420
SD929-2 Courtesy & Tail Gate Lamps (2)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams

Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Diagrams

R11 High-Mounted Stop Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Cornering Lamp > Cornering Lamp Relay > Component Information >
Locations
Cornering Lamp Relay: Locations

E/R Fuse & Relay Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Glove Box Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams

Glove Box Lamp: Diagrams

M33 Glove Box Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Glove Box Lamp Switch > Component Information >
Locations

Glove Box Lamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Glove Box Lamp Switch > Component Information >
Locations > Page 3435

Glove Box Lamp Switch: Diagrams

M34 Glove Box Lamp Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams

Dome Lamp: Diagrams

R05 Room Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Locations Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch >
Page 3443

Door Switch: Locations Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch >
Page 3444

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch >
Page 3445

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Diagrams Driver Door Switch

F07 Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch >
Page 3448

Door Switch: Diagrams Passenger Door Switch

F08 Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch >
Page 3449

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch LH

F09 Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch >
Page 3450

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch RH

F10 Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
Fog/Driving Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3455
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3456
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3457
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3458
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3459
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3460
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3461

Fog/Driving Lamp: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3462

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3463
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3464

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3465
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3466

Fog/Driving Lamp: Connector Views

Front Fog Lamp LH

CHG52 Front Fog Lamp LH

Front Fog Lamp RH

CHG53 Front Fog Lamp RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information
> Locations

Hazard Warning Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information
> Locations > Page 3471
ERROR: stackunderflow

OFFENDING COMMAND: ~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information
> Locations > Page 3472

Hazard Warning Switch: Diagrams

M32 Hazard Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations

Headlamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3477

Headlamp Switch: Diagrams

M20-L Multifunction Switch (Light)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations

Horn Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3482
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3483
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3484

Horn Relay: Diagrams

CHG101 Horn Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions
License Plate Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3489
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3490
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3491
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3492
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3493
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3494
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3495

License Plate Lamp: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3496

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3497
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3498

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3499
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3500

License Plate Lamp: Connector Views

R12 License Lamp (Tail Gate Handle Switch)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3501
License Plate Lamp: Electrical Diagrams

SD928-1 Tail, Parking & License Lamps (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram
Information and Instructions > Page 3502
SD928-2 Tail, Parking & License Lamps (2)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams

Map Light: Diagrams

R02 Map Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Combination
Lamp (In) LH

Marker Lamp: Diagrams Rear Combination Lamp (In) LH

R13 Rear Combination Lamp (In) LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Rear Combination
Lamp (In) LH > Page 3510

Marker Lamp: Diagrams Rear Combination Lamp (In) RH

R14 Rear Combination Lamp (In) RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions
Parking Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions

Schematic Diagrams

INTRODUCTION

1. System Name / System Code

- Each page is consisted of circuits by system. This schematic diagram includes the path of
electricity flow, connection condition for each switch, and the function of other relevant circuits at
once. It is applicable to real service work.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3515
- It is very important to understand relevant circuits exactly before troubleshooting diagnosis.

- Circuits by system depends upon part number and are indicated on schematic diagram index.

2. Connector Views (Components)

i. This section shows followings. -

Figure of the front view of the connector (harness side, not component side)

- Color of the connector

- Number of the terminal

- Color of the wiring

- Function of the terminal

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (-).

3. Connector Views (Harness Connection)

i. When connecting the harness with connector between harnesses, it shows female and male
connectors.

ii. Each terminal on the connector is numbered in accordance with (4) Connector View And
Numbering Order. iii. Not connected terminal is marked with a dash (*).

4. Connector View And Numbering Order


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3516
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ALL CONNECTOR VIEWS ARE FROM THE TERMINAL
SIDE OF THE CONNECTOR.

5. Component Locations

- To find the components easily, a components locations diagram is indicated with "PHOTO NO" on
the lower portion of the component name.

- To make it easy to distinguish connectors, the connector in the picture is indicated being installed
in the vehicle.

6. Wire Color Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3517
7. Harness Classification

Electrical wiring connectors are classified according to the wiring parts in the Harness Layouts.

8. Connector Identification

A Connector identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol


corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector.

These connector locations can be found in the HARNESS LAYOUTS.

For example:

NOTE: Connectors which connect each wiring harness are represented by the following symbols.

For example:

JUNCTION BLOCK IDENTIFICATION

A junction block identification symbol consists of a wiring harness location classification symbol
corresponding to a wiring harness location and number corresponding to the connector in the
junction block.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3518
For example:

HARNESS LAYOUTS

Harness layouts show the routing of the major wiring harnesses, the in-line connectors and the
splices between the major harnesses. These layouts will make electrical troubleshooting easier.

Symbols

SYMBOLS
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3519
Symbols Part 1
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3520
Symbols Part 2
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3521

Parking Lamp: Diagnostic Aids

TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

The following five-step troubleshooting procedure is recommended.

1. Verify the customer's complaints

Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer's
complaints. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down
the probable causes.

2. Read and analyze the schematic diagram

Locate the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by
tracing the current paths from the power source through the system components to ground. If you
do not understand how the circuit should work, read the circuit operation text. Also check other
circuits that share with the problem circuit. The name of circuits that share the same fuse, ground,
or switch, for example, are referred to on each diagram. Try to operate any shared circuits you did
not check in step 1. If the shared circuit works, the shared wiring is okay, and the cause must be
within the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse
or ground is a likely cause.

3. Inspect the circuit/component with the problem isolated

Make a circuit test to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Remember that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Narrow down the probable causes using the
troubleshooting hints and system diagnosis charts. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try
to make tests at points that are easily accessible.

4. Repair the problem

Once the problem is found, make the necessary repairs.

5. Make sure the circuit works

Repeat the system check to be sure you have repaired the problem. If the problem was a blown
fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse.
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT

VOLTMETER AND TEST LAMP

Use a test lamp or a voltmeter on circuits without solid state units and use a test lamp to check for
voltage. A test lamp is made up of a 12-volt light bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding
one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present.
When the bulb goes on, there is voltage at the point being tested.

CAUTION: A number of circuits include solid-state modules, such as the Engine Control
Module(ECM), used with computer command control injection. Voltage in these circuits should be
tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test lamp on
circuits that contain solid state modules. Damage to the modules may result.

A voltmeter can be used in place of a test lamp. While a test lamp shows whether the voltage is
present or not, a voltmeter indicates how much voltage is present.

SELF-POWERED TEST LAMP AND OHMMETER

Use a self-powered test lamp or an ohmmeter to check for continuity. The ohmmeter shows how
much resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.

CAUTION: Never use a sell-powered test lamp on circuits that contain solid state modules.
Damage to these modules may result.

An ohmmeter can be used in place of a self-powered test lamp. The ohmmeter shows how much
resistance there is between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3522

Circuits which include any solid-state devices should be tested only with a 10-megaohm or higher
impedance digital multimeter. When measuring resistance with a digital multimeter, the battery
negative terminal should be disconnected. Otherwise, there may be incorrect readings. Diodes and
solid-state devices in a circuit can make an ohmmeter give a false reading. To find out if a
component is affecting a measurement, take one reading, reverse the leads and take a second
reading. If different the solid-state device is affecting the measurement.

JUMPER WIRE WITH FUSE

Use a jumper wire with a fuse to by-pass an open circuit.


A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. This tool is
available with small clamp connectors providing adaption to most connectors without damage.

CAUTION: Do not use a fuse with a higher rating than the specified fuse that protects the circuit
being tested. Do not use this tool in any situation to substitute an input or output at the solid-state
control module, such as ECM, TCM, etc.

SHORT FINDER

A short finder is available to locate a short to ground. The short finder creates a pulsing magnetic
field in the shorted circuit and shows you the location of the short through body trim or sheet metal.

TROUBLESHOOTING TEST

1. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE

This test measures voltage in a circuit. When testing for voltage at a connector, you do not have to
separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back(backprobe).
Always check both sides of the connector because dirt and corrosion between its contact surfaces
can cause electrical problems.

A. Connect one lead of a test lamp or voltmeter to a ground. If you are using a voltmeter, be sure it
is the voltmeter's negative test lead you have

connected to ground.

B. Connect the other lead of the test lamp or voltmeter to a selected test point(connector or
terminal). C. If the test lamp glows, there is voltage present. If you are using a voltmeter, note the
voltage reading. A loss of more than 1 volt from

specification indicates a problem.


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3523
2. TESTING FOR CONTINUITY

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or
ohmmeter to one end of the part of the circuit you wish to lest. If you are using an ohmmeter,

hold the leads together and adjust the ohmmeter to read zero ohms.

C. Connect the other lead to the other end. D. If the self-power test lamp glows, there is continuity.
If you are using an ohmmeter, low or zero resistance means good continuity.

3. TESTING FOR SHORT TO GROUND

A. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. B. Connect one lead of a self-powered test lamp or an
ohmmeter to the fuse terminal on the load side. C. Connect the other lead to a ground. D.
Beginning near the fuse block move the harness from side to side. Continue this procedure (about
six inches apart) while watching the

self-powered test lamp or ohmmeter.

E. When the self-powered test lamp glows, or ohmmeter registers, there is a short to a ground in
the wiring near that point.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3524

4. TESTING FOR A SHORT WITH A SHORT FINDER

A. Remove the blown fuse. Leave the battery connected. B. Connect the short finder across the
fuse terminals. C. Close all switches in series in the circuit that is being testing. D. Turn on the
short circuit locator. It sends pulses of current to the short. This creates a pulsing magnetic field
around the wiring between the

fuse box and the short.

E. Beginning at the fuse box, slowly move the short finder along the circuit wiring. The meter will
show current pulses through sheet metal and

body trim. As long as the meter is between the fuse and the short, the needle will move with each
current pulse. Once the meter is moved past the point of the short, the needle will stop moving.
Check around this area to locate the cause of the short circuit.

5. TESTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP

This test checks for voltage drop along a wire, or through a connection or switch.
A. Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the end of the wire (or to the side of the connector or
switch) closest to the battery. B. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire.

(or to the other side of the connector or switch)

C. operate the circuit. D. The voltmeter will show the difference in voltage between the two points.

A difference, or drop of more than 0.1 volts (50mV in 5V circuits), may indicate a problem. Check
the circuit for loose or dirty connections.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3525
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3526
Parking Lamp: Electrical Diagrams

SD928-1 Tail, Parking & License Lamps (1)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information
and Instructions > Page 3527
SD928-2 Tail, Parking & License Lamps (2)

Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by SD number (i.e SD130-4, etc.) within these diagrams can
be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number

Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be
found via the photo number at the vehicle level under Locations by Photo Number. See:
Locations/Component Locations
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Brake Lamp Relay: Locations

ICM Relay Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Cornering Lamp Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Cornering Lamp Relay: Locations

E/R Fuse & Relay Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Horn Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3538
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3539
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Horn Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3540

Horn Relay: Diagrams

CHG101 Horn Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor >
Component Information > Locations

Ambient Light Sensor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3545

Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams

M16 Auto Light & Photo Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Backup Lamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3549

Backup Lamp Switch: Diagrams

CHG38 Back-Up Lamp Switch (M/T)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Brake Light Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3553

Brake Light Switch: Diagrams

CHG39 Stop Lamp Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Multi Switch

Combination Switch: Locations Multi Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Multi Switch > Page 3558

Combination Switch: Locations Multifunction Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multi Switch

M77 Multi Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch > Page 3561

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Light)

M20-L Multifunction Switch (Light)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch > Page 3562

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Multi Switch > Page 3563

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

M20-W Multifunction Switch (Wiper)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Locations Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3568

Door Switch: Locations Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3569

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Locations > Driver Door Switch > Page 3570

Door Switch: Locations Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch

Door Switch: Diagrams Driver Door Switch

F07 Driver Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3573

Door Switch: Diagrams Passenger Door Switch

F08 Passenger Door Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3574

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch LH

F09 Rear Door Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component
Information > Diagrams > Driver Door Switch > Page 3575

Door Switch: Diagrams Rear Door Switch RH

F10 Rear Door Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Glove Box Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Glove Box Lamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Glove Box Lamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3579

Glove Box Lamp Switch: Diagrams

M34 Glove Box Lamp Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Hazard Warning Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3583
ERROR: stackunderflow

OFFENDING COMMAND: ~

STACK:
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3584

Hazard Warning Switch: Diagrams

M32 Hazard Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations

Headlamp Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3588

Headlamp Switch: Diagrams

M20-L Multifunction Switch (Light)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Tail Light Bulb > Component Information > Technical Service
Bulletins > Lighting - Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life

Tail Light Bulb: Technical Service Bulletins Lighting - Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life

Model All Model

Group Body Electrical System(92)

Number KT2008082201

Date: Thursday, August 28, 2008

Area N.America

Subject Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life

- Description

Improved Rear Combination Bulb Life


This Pitstop article provides information relating to the improved durability of bulb life for part
number 18644 28088N (Rear Combination Bulb: Rear Stop Lamp/Tail Lamp Bulb) utilized on
multiple Kia models. Part number 18644 28088N has a bulb life of approximately 400 hours, the
new replacement bulb part number 18644 28088L has a bulb life of approximately 2000 hours
(long life bulb). Kia has already phased this change from the factory for part number 18644 28088L
on the current model line(s). In the event that the old part number 18644 28088N is in need of
replacement, both the left/right-hand rear combination bulbs should be replaced together with part
number 18644 28088L (Long Life). Failure to replace the rear combination lamps together could
cause customer complaints for multiple repairs and bulb replacements.

Bulbs can be identified by the markings on the base of the bulb: 18644 28088N (old part
number)/Bulb base markings: KHA12V28/8W2357637. 18644 28088L (Long Life) Bulb base
markings KHA12V28/8W2357LL637 ("LL" is designated as long life bulb).
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams

Trunk Lamp: Diagrams

F04 Luggage Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Multi Switch

Combination Switch: Locations Multi Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Multi Switch > Page 3602

Combination Switch: Locations Multifunction Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Multi Switch

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multi Switch

M77 Multi Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Multi Switch > Page 3605

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Light)

M20-L Multifunction Switch (Light)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Multi Switch > Page 3606

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)

M20-R Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Multi Switch > Page 3607

Combination Switch: Diagrams Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

M20-W Multifunction Switch (Wiper)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams >
Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH

Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH

F26 Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams >
Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH > Page 3612

Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams Rear Combination Lamp (Out) RH

F27 Rear Combination Lamp (Out) RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams >
Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH > Page 3613

Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams Rear Turn Signal Lamp LH

R24 Rear Turn Signal Lamp LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams >
Rear Combination Lamp (Out) LH > Page 3614

Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams Rear Turn Signal Lamp RH

R25 Rear Turn Signal Lamp RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Vanity Lamp

Vanity Lamp: Diagrams Driver Vanity Lamp

R06 Driver Vanity Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver Vanity Lamp >
Page 3619

Vanity Lamp: Diagrams Passenger Vanity Lamp

R07 Passenger Vanity Lamp


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component
Information > Locations

Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3625
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3626
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component
Information > Locations > Page 3627

Heated Glass Element Relay: Diagrams

CHG97 Rear Defogger Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations

Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 3632
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 3633
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay
> Component Information > Locations > Page 3634

Heated Glass Element Relay: Diagrams

CHG97 Rear Defogger Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control
Module > Component Information > Locations

Power Window Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay >
Component Information > Locations
Power Window Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement

Power Window Switch: Recalls Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement
GROUP Service Campaign

NUMBER SC086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE November 2010

VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

SUBJECT: 2011MY SPORTAGE LX DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ASSEMBLY


VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

This bulletin provides information relating to some LX Sportage vehicles equipped with "Auto
Down" function and produced from the start of production through October 27, 2010. In affected
vehicles the window may not raise or lower even though the power window switch is actuated. To
correct this condition and improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Campaign
and replacing the power window switch module assembly on all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles
that fall within the vehicle production range Kia is requesting the completion of this Service
Campaign on all affected 2011 MY Sportage vehicles in dealer stock prior to retail sales.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously done on any vehicle
without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry
> Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Inspection Procedure:

Open the hood and check for SC086 campaign completion label above the drivers side fuse box If
label exists NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED

If label does not exist continue to step one (1) of Service Procedure outlined below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3650
Service Procedure:
1. Remove the drivers door quadrant interior cover (A).

Remove the interior handle cover (B), and then the three (3) door trim mounting screws including
the screw.

*NOTICE

The locations of the screws are indicated by the larger arrows, including the screw behind the
interior handle cover (B).

2. Disconnect the interior handle cage; then disconnect tweeter speaker and power window
connector from the door trim; then remove the door trim.

3. Remove the six (6) power window switch mounting screws (circles), and then remove the power
window switch module assembly from the door trim as shown in the photo.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3651
4. Unsnap the locking tabs that secure the power window switch module assembly (C) to the power
window switch case (D), and then separate the module assembly from the case.
5. Replace the power window switch module assembly (C) with an new improved assembly into
switch case (D)

Install all the removed components in reverse order of removal.

Test power window switch operation several times before releasing vehicle.

6. Attach campaign completion label above the driver's side fuse box.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 >
Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3652

REQUIRED PARTS

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

To assure complete customer satisfaction, always remember to refer to WebDCS Warranty


Coverage (validation) Inquiry Screen (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry)
for a list of any additional campaigns that may need to be performed on the vehicle before returning
it to the customer.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously performed on any
vehicle without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage
Inquiry > Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction, remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement

Power Window Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement
GROUP Service Campaign

NUMBER SC086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE November 2010

VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

SUBJECT: 2011MY SPORTAGE LX DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ASSEMBLY


VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

This bulletin provides information relating to some LX Sportage vehicles equipped with "Auto
Down" function and produced from the start of production through October 27, 2010. In affected
vehicles the window may not raise or lower even though the power window switch is actuated. To
correct this condition and improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Campaign
and replacing the power window switch module assembly on all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles
that fall within the vehicle production range Kia is requesting the completion of this Service
Campaign on all affected 2011 MY Sportage vehicles in dealer stock prior to retail sales.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously done on any vehicle
without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry
> Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Inspection Procedure:

Open the hood and check for SC086 campaign completion label above the drivers side fuse box If
label exists NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED

If label does not exist continue to step one (1) of Service Procedure outlined below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3658
Service Procedure:
1. Remove the drivers door quadrant interior cover (A).

Remove the interior handle cover (B), and then the three (3) door trim mounting screws including
the screw.

*NOTICE

The locations of the screws are indicated by the larger arrows, including the screw behind the
interior handle cover (B).

2. Disconnect the interior handle cage; then disconnect tweeter speaker and power window
connector from the door trim; then remove the door trim.

3. Remove the six (6) power window switch mounting screws (circles), and then remove the power
window switch module assembly from the door trim as shown in the photo.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3659
4. Unsnap the locking tabs that secure the power window switch module assembly (C) to the power
window switch case (D), and then separate the module assembly from the case.
5. Replace the power window switch module assembly (C) with an new improved assembly into
switch case (D)

Install all the removed components in reverse order of removal.

Test power window switch operation several times before releasing vehicle.

6. Attach campaign completion label above the driver's side fuse box.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086
> Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3660

REQUIRED PARTS

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

To assure complete customer satisfaction, always remember to refer to WebDCS Warranty


Coverage (validation) Inquiry Screen (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry)
for a list of any additional campaigns that may need to be performed on the vehicle before returning
it to the customer.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously performed on any
vehicle without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage
Inquiry > Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction, remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Power Window Main Switch

Power Window Switch: Locations Power Window Main Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Power Window Main Switch > Page 3663

Power Window Switch: Locations Passenger Power Window Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Locations > Power Window Main Switch > Page 3664

Power Window Switch: Locations Rear Power Window Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)

D30 Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3667

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Switch (With Central Door Lock)

D31 Passenger Power Window Switch (With Central Door Lock)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3668

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Power Window Main Switch

D10 Power Window Main Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3669

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Rear Power Window Switch LH

D50 Rear Power Window Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch >
Component Information > Diagrams > Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3670

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Rear Power Window Switch RH

D70 Rear Power Window Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information >
Locations

Power Window Control Module: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations >
Driver Power Window Motor

Power Window Motor: Locations Driver Power Window Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations >
Driver Power Window Motor > Page 3679

Power Window Motor: Locations Passenger Power Window Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations >
Driver Power Window Motor > Page 3680

Power Window Motor: Locations Rear Power Window Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Power Window Motor

Power Window Motor: Diagrams Driver Power Window Motor

D09 Driver Power Window Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Power Window Motor > Page 3683

Power Window Motor: Diagrams Driver Safety Power Window Module (With Safety)

D12 Driver Safety Power Window Module (With Safety)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Power Window Motor > Page 3684

Power Window Motor: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Motor

D29 Passenger Power Window Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Power Window Motor > Page 3685

Power Window Motor: Diagrams Rear Power Window Motor RH

D69 Rear Power Window Motor RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Driver Power Window Motor > Page 3686

Power Window Motor: Diagrams Rear Power Window Motor LH

D49 Rear Power Window Motor LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations
Power Window Relay: Locations

I/P Junction Box View


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement

Power Window Switch: Recalls Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch Replacement
GROUP Service Campaign

NUMBER SC086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE November 2010

VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

SUBJECT: 2011MY SPORTAGE LX DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ASSEMBLY


VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

This bulletin provides information relating to some LX Sportage vehicles equipped with "Auto
Down" function and produced from the start of production through October 27, 2010. In affected
vehicles the window may not raise or lower even though the power window switch is actuated. To
correct this condition and improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Campaign
and replacing the power window switch module assembly on all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles
that fall within the vehicle production range Kia is requesting the completion of this Service
Campaign on all affected 2011 MY Sportage vehicles in dealer stock prior to retail sales.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously done on any vehicle
without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry
> Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Inspection Procedure:

Open the hood and check for SC086 campaign completion label above the drivers side fuse box If
label exists NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED

If label does not exist continue to step one (1) of Service Procedure outlined below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement > Page 3698
Service Procedure:
1. Remove the drivers door quadrant interior cover (A).

Remove the interior handle cover (B), and then the three (3) door trim mounting screws including
the screw.

*NOTICE

The locations of the screws are indicated by the larger arrows, including the screw behind the
interior handle cover (B).

2. Disconnect the interior handle cage; then disconnect tweeter speaker and power window
connector from the door trim; then remove the door trim.

3. Remove the six (6) power window switch mounting screws (circles), and then remove the power
window switch module assembly from the door trim as shown in the photo.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement > Page 3699
4. Unsnap the locking tabs that secure the power window switch module assembly (C) to the power
window switch case (D), and then separate the module assembly from the case.
5. Replace the power window switch module assembly (C) with an new improved assembly into
switch case (D)

Install all the removed components in reverse order of removal.

Test power window switch operation several times before releasing vehicle.

6. Attach campaign completion label above the driver's side fuse box.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > Recalls for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement > Page 3700

REQUIRED PARTS

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

To assure complete customer satisfaction, always remember to refer to WebDCS Warranty


Coverage (validation) Inquiry Screen (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry)
for a list of any additional campaigns that may need to be performed on the vehicle before returning
it to the customer.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously performed on any
vehicle without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage
Inquiry > Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction, remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's
Power Window Switch Replacement

Power Window Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Campaign - Driver's Power Window Switch
Replacement
GROUP Service Campaign

NUMBER SC086

MODEL 2011MY Sportage (SL)

DATE November 2010

VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

SUBJECT: 2011MY SPORTAGE LX DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ASSEMBLY


VOLUNTARY SERVICE CAMPAIGN

This bulletin provides information relating to some LX Sportage vehicles equipped with "Auto
Down" function and produced from the start of production through October 27, 2010. In affected
vehicles the window may not raise or lower even though the power window switch is actuated. To
correct this condition and improve customer satisfaction Kia is launching this Service Campaign
and replacing the power window switch module assembly on all affected 2011 Sportage vehicles
that fall within the vehicle production range Kia is requesting the completion of this Service
Campaign on all affected 2011 MY Sportage vehicles in dealer stock prior to retail sales.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously done on any vehicle
without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry
> Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

Inspection Procedure:

Open the hood and check for SC086 campaign completion label above the drivers side fuse box If
label exists NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED

If label does not exist continue to step one (1) of Service Procedure outlined below.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's
Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3706
Service Procedure:
1. Remove the drivers door quadrant interior cover (A).

Remove the interior handle cover (B), and then the three (3) door trim mounting screws including
the screw.

*NOTICE

The locations of the screws are indicated by the larger arrows, including the screw behind the
interior handle cover (B).

2. Disconnect the interior handle cage; then disconnect tweeter speaker and power window
connector from the door trim; then remove the door trim.

3. Remove the six (6) power window switch mounting screws (circles), and then remove the power
window switch module assembly from the door trim as shown in the photo.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's
Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3707
4. Unsnap the locking tabs that secure the power window switch module assembly (C) to the power
window switch case (D), and then separate the module assembly from the case.
5. Replace the power window switch module assembly (C) with an new improved assembly into
switch case (D)

Install all the removed components in reverse order of removal.

Test power window switch operation several times before releasing vehicle.

6. Attach campaign completion label above the driver's side fuse box.

AFFECTED PRODUCTION RANGE


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Technical
Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Power Window Switch: > SC086 > Nov > 10 > Campaign - Driver's
Power Window Switch Replacement > Page 3708

REQUIRED PARTS

WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION

*NOTICE

To assure complete customer satisfaction, always remember to refer to WebDCS Warranty


Coverage (validation) Inquiry Screen (Service > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage Inquiry)
for a list of any additional campaigns that may need to be performed on the vehicle before returning
it to the customer.

*NOTICE

WebDCS must be checked to confirm that SC086 has not been previously performed on any
vehicle without a campaign completion label. WebDCS > Warranty Coverage > Warranty Coverage
Inquiry > Check Open Campaign Status

To assure complete customer satisfaction, remember to check for any additional open campaigns
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Power Window Main Switch

Power Window Switch: Locations Power Window Main Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Power Window Main Switch > Page 3711

Power Window Switch: Locations Passenger Power Window Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations >
Power Window Main Switch > Page 3712

Power Window Switch: Locations Rear Power Window Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)

D30 Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3715

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Passenger Power Window Switch (With Central Door Lock)

D31 Passenger Power Window Switch (With Central Door Lock)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3716

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Power Window Main Switch

D10 Power Window Main Switch


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3717

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Rear Power Window Switch LH

D50 Rear Power Window Switch LH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams >
Passenger Power Window Switch (W/O Central Door Lock) > Page 3718

Power Window Switch: Diagrams Rear Power Window Switch RH

D70 Rear Power Window Switch RH


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor

Rain Sensor: Locations Rain Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor
> Page 3724

Rain Sensor: Locations Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor
> Page 3725
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rain Sensor

Rain Sensor: Diagrams Rain Sensor

R04 Rain Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Rain Sensor
> Page 3728

Rain Sensor: Diagrams Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay

CHG90 Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade
Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations

Wiper Blade Heater Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade
Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3733
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade
Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3734
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade
Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3735

Wiper Blade Heater Relay: Diagrams

CHG93 Front Wiper Deicer Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Locations

Wiper Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3739
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Locations > Page 3740
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper (Low) Relay

Wiper Relay: Diagrams Front Wiper (Low) Relay

CHG91 Front Wiper (Low) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay >
Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper (Low) Relay > Page 3743

Wiper Relay: Diagrams Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay

CHG90 Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor

Rain Sensor: Locations Rain Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor > Page 3749

Rain Sensor: Locations Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor
> Component Information > Locations > Rain Sensor > Page 3750
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor
> Component Information > Diagrams > Rain Sensor

Rain Sensor: Diagrams Rain Sensor

R04 Rain Sensor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor
> Component Information > Diagrams > Rain Sensor > Page 3753

Rain Sensor: Diagrams Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay

CHG90 Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper
Switch > Component Information > Locations

Wiper Switch: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper
Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3757

Wiper Switch: Diagrams

M20-W Multifunction Switch (Wiper)


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations

Windshield Washer Motor: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Front Washer Motor

Windshield Washer Motor: Diagrams Front Washer Motor

CHG66 Front Washer Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Diagrams >
Front Washer Motor > Page 3763

Windshield Washer Motor: Diagrams Rear Washer Motor

CHG67 Rear Washer Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater > Component Information > Diagrams

Wiper Blade Heater: Diagrams

CHG35 Front Wiper Deicer


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations

Wiper Blade Heater Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3770
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3771
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations >
Page 3772

Wiper Blade Heater Relay: Diagrams

CHG93 Front Wiper Deicer Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wiper
Motor

Wiper Motor: Locations Front Wiper Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Locations > Front Wiper
Motor > Page 3777

Wiper Motor: Locations Rear Wiper Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper
Motor

Wiper Motor: Diagrams Front Wiper Motor

CHG07 Front Wiper Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper
Motor > Page 3780

Wiper Motor: Diagrams Rear Wiper Motor

R17 Rear Wiper Motor


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations

Wiper Relay: Locations


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3784
E/R Fuse & Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3785
ICM Relay Box View
Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper
(Low) Relay

Wiper Relay: Diagrams Front Wiper (Low) Relay

CHG91 Front Wiper (Low) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Wiper
(Low) Relay > Page 3788

Wiper Relay: Diagrams Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay

CHG90 Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay


Kia Sportage 2wd Workshop Manual (L4-2.4L (2011))
Kia Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations

Wiper Switch: Locations

You might also like